form_10-q.htm
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-Q
x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION
13 OR 15 (d) OF
THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the
quarterly period ended June 30,
2008
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION
13 OR 15 (d) OF
THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the
transition period from ________ to ________
Commission
file number 1-9148
|
THE BRINK’S COMPANY
|
|
|
(Exact
name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Virginia
|
|
54-1317776
|
|
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S.
Employer
|
|
|
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
Identification
No.)
|
|
1801 Bayberry Court,
Richmond, Virginia 23226-8100
(Address
of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(804)
289-9600
(Registrant's
telephone number, including area code)
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
Yes x No o
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See definition of “large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.
(Check
one): Large Accelerated Filer x Accelerated
Filer ¨ Non-Accelerated
Filer ¨ Smaller
Reporting Company ¨
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No x
As of
July 31, 2008, 47,372,320 shares of $1 par value common stock were
outstanding.
Part I - Financial
Information
Item 1. Financial
Statements
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
|
|
June
30,
|
|
|
December
31,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
$ |
246.3 |
|
|
|
196.4 |
|
Accounts receivable,
net
|
|
|
526.0 |
|
|
|
491.9 |
|
Prepaid expenses and
other
|
|
|
121.9 |
|
|
|
93.5 |
|
Deferred income
taxes
|
|
|
60.0 |
|
|
|
63.9 |
|
Total current
assets
|
|
|
954.2 |
|
|
|
845.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,185.7 |
|
|
|
1,118.4 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
155.7 |
|
|
|
141.3 |
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
86.5 |
|
|
|
90.1 |
|
Other
|
|
|
206.5 |
|
|
|
198.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
2,588.6 |
|
|
|
2,394.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term
borrowings
|
|
$ |
9.3 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
Current maturities of long-term
debt
|
|
|
11.6 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
Accounts
payable
|
|
|
170.8 |
|
|
|
171.9 |
|
Income taxes
payable
|
|
|
17.5 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
Accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
477.5 |
|
|
|
429.7 |
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
686.7 |
|
|
|
639.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
|
158.5 |
|
|
|
89.2 |
|
Accrued
pension costs
|
|
|
56.1 |
|
|
|
58.0 |
|
Postretirement
benefits other than pensions
|
|
|
103.6 |
|
|
|
111.9 |
|
Deferred
revenue
|
|
|
181.9 |
|
|
|
178.6 |
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
34.8 |
|
|
|
29.8 |
|
Minority
interest
|
|
|
79.9 |
|
|
|
68.2 |
|
Other
|
|
|
166.9 |
|
|
|
172.4 |
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,468.4 |
|
|
|
1,348.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
and contingencies (notes 4, 5, 8 and 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders’
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
47.4 |
|
|
|
48.4 |
|
Capital in excess of par
value
|
|
|
464.0 |
|
|
|
452.6 |
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
708.8 |
|
|
|
675.8 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
loss
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
(130.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders’
equity
|
|
|
1,120.2 |
|
|
|
1,046.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders’ equity
|
|
$ |
2,588.6 |
|
|
|
2,394.3 |
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
931.7 |
|
|
|
778.7 |
|
|
|
1,852.3 |
|
|
|
1,519.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
and Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
of revenues
|
|
|
712.0 |
|
|
|
602.4 |
|
|
|
1,393.7 |
|
|
|
1,167.1 |
|
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
145.5 |
|
|
|
120.6 |
|
|
|
286.1 |
|
|
|
233.0 |
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
857.5 |
|
|
|
723.0 |
|
|
|
1,679.8 |
|
|
|
1,400.1 |
|
Other
operating income (expense), net
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
74.6 |
|
|
|
59.2 |
|
|
|
171.9 |
|
|
|
123.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
Interest
and other income, net
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
Income from continuing operations
before income taxes and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
minority interest
|
|
|
74.3 |
|
|
|
58.3 |
|
|
|
171.2 |
|
|
|
121.7 |
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
18.3 |
|
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
Minority
interest
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing
operations
|
|
|
48.5 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
|
|
|
96.5 |
|
|
|
64.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
48.7 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing
operations
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
|
0.71 |
|
|
|
2.09 |
|
|
|
1.38 |
|
Discontinued
operations
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
(0.10 |
) |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
(0.16 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
1.06 |
|
|
|
0.61 |
|
|
|
2.14 |
|
|
|
1.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing
operations
|
|
$ |
1.04 |
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
2.07 |
|
|
|
1.37 |
|
Discontinued
operations
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
(0.10 |
) |
|
|
0.05 |
|
|
|
(0.15 |
) |
Net income
|
|
|
1.05 |
|
|
|
0.60 |
|
|
|
2.12 |
|
|
|
1.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
46.0 |
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
46.2 |
|
|
|
46.4 |
|
Diluted
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
47.1 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
|
|
47.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
dividends paid per common share
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.10 |
|
|
|
0.20 |
|
|
|
0.1625 |
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders’ Equity
Six
months ended June 30, 2008
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
Excess
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
of
Par
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
Shares
(a)
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
48.4 |
|
|
$ |
48.4 |
|
|
|
452.6 |
|
|
|
675.8 |
|
|
|
(130.5 |
) |
|
|
1,046.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
Other
comprehensive income
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
30.5 |
|
|
|
30.5 |
|
Shares
repurchased and retired
|
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
(10.4 |
) |
|
|
(56.6 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(68.0 |
) |
Dividends
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
Share-based
compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation
expense
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Consideration
received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Excess tax benefit of stock
compensation
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Other share-based benefit
programs
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
as of June 30, 2008
|
|
|
47.4 |
|
|
$ |
47.4 |
|
|
|
464.0 |
|
|
|
708.8 |
|
|
|
(100.0 |
) |
|
|
1,120.2 |
|
(a)
|
Includes
1.4 million shares at June 30, 2008, held by The Brink’s Company Employee
Benefits Trust that have not been allocated to participants (1.7 million
shares at December 31, 2007).
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$ |
98.8 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Income) loss from discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
7.2 |
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
103.5 |
|
|
|
88.6 |
|
Impairment charges for subscriber
disconnects
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
Amortization of deferred
revenue
|
|
|
(20.0 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
Deferred income
taxes
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
|
Provision for uncollectible
accounts receivable
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
Compensation expense for stock
options
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Other operating,
net
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
|
Postretirement expense (credits),
net of funding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
3.4 |
|
Other than
pension
|
|
|
(3.8 |
) |
|
|
(4.3 |
) |
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts
receivable
|
|
|
(21.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
Accounts payable, income taxes
payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
Deferral of subscriber
acquisition cost
|
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
Deferral of revenue from new
subscribers
|
|
|
23.6 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
Prepaid and other current
assets
|
|
|
(24.2 |
) |
|
|
(32.4 |
) |
Other, net
|
|
|
(3.7 |
) |
|
|
6.3 |
|
Discontinued operations,
net
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
216.3 |
|
|
|
197.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
|
(160.5 |
) |
|
|
(145.3 |
) |
Acquisitions
|
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
(10.8 |
) |
Cash
proceeds from disposal
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Other,
net
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Discontinued
operations, net
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Net cash used by investing
activities
|
|
|
(161.2 |
) |
|
|
(151.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
credit facilities borrowings, net
|
|
|
70.4 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Long
term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Repayments
|
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
|
|
(6.6 |
) |
Short-term
repayments, net
|
|
|
(4.1 |
) |
|
|
(24.9 |
) |
Repurchase
shares of common stock of The Brink’s Company
|
|
|
(66.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
Dividends
to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders of The Brink’s
Company
|
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
|
|
(7.4 |
) |
Minority interest holders in
subsidiaries
|
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.4 |
) |
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
Excess
tax benefits associated with stock compensation
|
|
|
8.7 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
Discontinued
operations, net
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(11.3 |
) |
Net cash used by financing
activities
|
|
|
(10.6 |
) |
|
|
(41.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect
of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
49.9 |
|
|
|
6.7 |
|
Balance at beginning of
period
|
|
|
196.4 |
|
|
|
137.2 |
|
Balance at end of
period
|
|
$ |
246.3 |
|
|
|
143.9 |
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note
1 – Basis of presentation
The
Brink’s Company (along with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has two operating
segments:
· Brink’s,
Incorporated (“Brink’s”)
· Brink’s
Home Security, Inc. (“BHS”)
On
February 25, 2008, the board of directors approved a plan to separate the
Company into two independent publicly traded companies through a spin-off of
100% of Brink’s Home Security Holdings, Inc. (“BHSH”), a newly formed subsidiary
of the Company that will hold the shares of BHS prior to the
spin-off. BHSH filed an initial Form 10 with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 30, 2008, and filed a first amendment to
the Form 10 on July 18, 2008. The Form 10 provides information about
the spin-off, including historical and pro forma financial
information. The Brink's Company will continue to operate
Brink's, its secure transportation and cash management unit. The
spin-off of BHS is expected to take the form of a tax-free stock distribution to
The Brink's Company shareholders and be completed in the fourth quarter of
2008. After the distribution, the Company will report expenses
related to the spin-off and BHS’ results of operations, including previously
reported results, within discontinued operations.
The
Company’s unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for
interim financial reporting and applicable quarterly reporting regulations of
the SEC. Accordingly, the unaudited consolidated financial statements
do not include all of the information and notes required by GAAP for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair
presentation have been included. Operating results for interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the full year. For further information, refer to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Management
of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the
reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements. Actual results
could differ materially from those estimates. The most significant
estimates used by management are related to goodwill and other long-lived
assets, pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, legal
contingencies and income taxes.
Accounting
Corrections
During
the second quarter of 2008, the Company determined that the amount of certain
revenue and expenses recognized between December 1, 2001 and March 31, 2008,
related to security systems disconnect at BHS had been understated. The
correction of these understatements increased BHS revenues by $2.0 million, BHS
operating profit by $2.5 million and consolidated income from continuing
operations by $1.6 million in the second quarter of 2008. The Company
also identified and corrected other items which increased income from continuing
operations in the period by $1.8 million. The effect of these corrections was
not material to any prior quarter or annual period.
Recently
Adopted Accounting Standards
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) 157, Fair Value
Measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff
Position 157-2, Partial
Deferral of the Effective Date of SFAS 157, which delayed the effective
date of SFAS 157 for all nonrecurring fair value measurements of nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities. The Company adopted SFAS 157,
effective January 1, 2008 for financial assets and financial
liabilities. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosure of fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based
measurement, not an entity-specific measurement, and states that a fair value
measurement should be determined based on assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing the asset or liability. The implementation of
SFAS 157, as it relates to the Company’s financial assets and financial
liabilities, did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of
operations or financial position. The Company is currently evaluating
the potential impact, if any, on its nonfinancial assets and
liabilities.
The
Company adopted SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option
for Financial Assets and Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115, effective January 1, 2008. SFAS 159 permits entities
to choose to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value (the
“fair-value option”). Unrealized gains and losses, arising subsequent
to the election of the fair-value option, are reported in
earnings. The Company did not elect the fair-value option for
existing assets or liabilities upon adoption. Therefore, the
implementation of SFAS 159 did not have an effect on the Company’s results of
operations or financial position.
Note
2 – Segment information
The
Company conducts business in two operating segments: Brink’s and
BHS. These segments are identified by the Company based on how
resources are allocated and operating decisions are made. Management
evaluates performance and allocates resources based on operating profit or loss,
excluding corporate allocations.
Brink’s
primary services include:
|
·
|
Cash-in-transit
(“CIT”) armored car transportation
|
|
·
|
Automated
teller machine (“ATM”) replenishment and
servicing
|
|
·
|
Global
Services - arranging secure long-distance transportation of
valuables
|
|
·
|
Cash
Logistics – money processing, supply chain management of cash; from
point-of-sale through transport, vaulting and bank
deposit
|
|
·
|
Guarding
services, including airport
security
|
|
·
|
Secure
Data Solutions - transporting, storing and destroying sensitive
information
|
Brink’s
operates in approximately 50 countries.
BHS
offers monitored security services in North America primarily for
owner-occupied, single-family residences and, to a lesser extent, commercial
properties. BHS typically installs and owns the on-site security
systems, and charges fees to monitor and service the systems.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
797.8 |
|
|
|
659.3 |
|
|
|
1,590.6 |
|
|
|
1,285.1 |
|
BHS
|
|
|
133.9 |
|
|
|
119.4 |
|
|
|
261.7 |
|
|
|
234.1 |
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
931.7 |
|
|
|
778.7 |
|
|
|
1,852.3 |
|
|
|
1,519.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
52.6 |
|
|
|
42.9 |
|
|
|
134.6 |
|
|
|
93.9 |
|
BHS
|
|
|
35.5 |
|
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
67.5 |
|
|
|
59.0 |
|
Business
segments
|
|
|
88.1 |
|
|
|
73.7 |
|
|
|
202.1 |
|
|
|
152.9 |
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(13.3 |
) |
|
|
(10.9 |
) |
|
|
(29.4 |
) |
|
|
(22.5 |
) |
Former operations
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
Operating profit
|
|
$ |
74.6 |
|
|
|
59.2 |
|
|
|
171.9 |
|
|
|
123.5 |
|
Note
3 – Earnings per share
Shares
used to calculate earnings per share were as follows:
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
46.0 |
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
46.2 |
|
|
|
46.4 |
|
Effect of dilutive stock
options
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
Diluted
|
|
|
46.5 |
|
|
|
47.1 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
|
|
47.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antidilutive
stock options excluded from denominator
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Shares of
the Company’s common stock held by The Brink’s Company Employee Benefits Trust
(the “Employee Benefits Trust”) that have not been allocated to participants
under the Company’s various benefit plans are excluded from earnings per share
calculations since they are treated as treasury shares for the calculation of
earnings per share. The Employee Benefits Trust held 1.4 million
unallocated shares at June 30, 2008, and 1.9 million unallocated shares at June
30, 2007.
In July
2008, the Company decided to terminate the Employee Benefits
Trust. The termination is expected to be finalized during the third
quarter of 2008. Prior to termination, the shares currently held by
the Employee Benefits Trust will be distributed to the Company, whereupon the
shares will be retired.
Note
4 – Employee and retiree benefits
Pension
plans
The
Company has various defined benefit plans for eligible employees.
The
components of net periodic pension cost (credit) for the Company’s pension plans
were as follows:
|
|
U.S.
Plans
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
Plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three
months ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
Interest
cost on projected benefit obligation
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
14.9 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
Return
on assets – expected
|
|
|
(14.7 |
) |
|
|
(13.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(17.7 |
) |
|
|
(15.7 |
) |
Amortization
of losses
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Net
periodic pension cost (credit)
|
|
$ |
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
months ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
Interest
cost on projected benefit obligation
|
|
|
22.9 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
29.5 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
Return
on assets – expected
|
|
|
(29.5 |
) |
|
|
(26.7 |
) |
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
|
|
(35.6 |
) |
|
|
(31.4 |
) |
Amortization
of losses
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
Net
periodic pension cost (credit)
|
|
$ |
(5.9 |
) |
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
Postretirement
benefits other than pensions
Company-Sponsored
Plans
The
Company provides postretirement health care benefits (the “Company-sponsored
plans”) for eligible current and former employees in the U.S. and Canada,
including former employees of the former coal operations (the “coal-related”
plans).
The
components of net periodic postretirement cost (credit) related to
Company-sponsored plans were as follows:
|
|
Coal-related
plans
|
|
|
Other
plans
|
|
|
Total
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three
months ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Interest
cost on accumulated postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
benefit
obligations
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
Return
on assets – expected
|
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
Amortization
of losses (gains)
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
Net
periodic postretirement cost
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
months ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
Interest
cost on accumulated postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
benefit
obligations
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
|
Return
on assets – expected
|
|
|
(19.3 |
) |
|
|
(19.3 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(19.3 |
) |
|
|
(19.3 |
) |
Amortization
of losses (gains)
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
Curtailment
gain
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Net
periodic postretirement cost (credit)
|
|
$ |
0.4 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
(1.8 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
|
2.6 |
|
In
January 2008, Brink’s announced the freezing of the Canadian postretirement
benefit plan. Some employees will not meet the eligibility
requirement to receive benefits. As a result, the Company recorded a
$2.0 million curtailment gain in the first quarter of 2008.
The
market value of the Voluntary Employees’ Beneficiary Association trust’s assets
at June 30, 2008, was approximately $405 million.
Pneumoconiosis
(Black Lung) Obligations
The
Company is self-insured with respect to almost all of its black lung
obligations. The components of net periodic postretirement benefit
cost related to black lung obligations were as follows:
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
cost on accumulated postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
benefit
obligations
|
|
$ |
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Amortization
of losses
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
Net
periodic postretirement cost
|
|
$ |
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Note
5 – Income taxes
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes (in millions)
|
|
$ |
18.3 |
|
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
Effective
tax rate
|
|
|
24.6 |
% |
|
|
36.7 |
% |
|
|
30.5 |
% |
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes (in millions)
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Effective
tax rate
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
The
effective income tax rate on continuing operations in the first six months of
2008 was lower than the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate due to a $16.9 million
decrease in the non-U.S. tax provision, primarily due to the geographical mix of
earnings in the foreign jurisdictions and an $8.8 million valuation allowance
release for non-U.S. jurisdictions. The decrease was partially offset
by a $6.5 million tax charge resulting from the decision to spin off BHS and
$2.6 million of state tax expense.
The
effective income tax rate on continuing operations in the first six months of
2007 was higher than the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a
$7.0 million increase in the valuation allowances for non-U.S. jurisdictions
and $1.2 million of state tax expense. This was partially offset
by a $2.2 million benefit related to the Company's foreign tax credit position
and a $2.9 million benefit related to the geographical mix of earnings in
non-U.S. jurisdictions.
Note 6 – Share-based compensation
plans
On April
7, 2008, the Company granted 25,918 restricted stock units under the 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan. The total grant date fair value of these units was
$1.7 million. As of June 30, 2008, there was $1.5 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to these units which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. The units
will be settled exclusively in the Company’s common shares.
On July
10, 2008, the Company granted 530,950 options under the 2005 Equity Incentive
Plan. The options have an exercise price of $64.15 per
share.
On July
11, 2008, the Company granted 13,057 deferred stock units under the Non-Employee
Directors’ Equity Plan. The units will be settled exclusively in the
Company’s common shares.
Note
7 – Capital stock
Common
stock
On
September 14, 2007, the Company’s board of directors authorized the purchase of
up to $100 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Under
the program, the Company used $40.6 million to purchase 654,800 shares of common
stock between December 5, 2007, and March 31, 2008, at an average price of
$61.98 per share. The Company used an additional $15.7 million to
purchase 229,000 shares of common stock in the second quarter of 2008, at an
average price of $68.48 per share. As of June 30, 2008, the Company
had $43.7 million under the program available to purchase shares. The
repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date.
Note
8 – Discontinued operations
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results
of Brink’s United Kingdom domestic cash handling operations
(a)
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(10.8 |
) |
Adjustments
to contingent liabilities of former operations
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
(a)
|
Brink’s
United Kingdom domestic cash handling operations were sold in August
2007. Revenues of the operations were $12.1 million for the
second quarter of 2007 and $23.1 million for the first six months of
2007. Results of Brink’s United Kingdom domestic cash handling
operations included a $7.5 million asset impairment charge in the second
quarter of 2007.
|
Note
9 – Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$ |
5.7 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
Income taxes, net
|
|
|
41.1 |
|
|
|
36.4 |
|
Note
10 – Comprehensive income
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$ |
48.7 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
Other
comprehensive income (loss), net of reclasses and taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit plan experience
loss
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
|
Benefit plan prior service
cost
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
26.8 |
|
|
|
11.7 |
|
Marketable
securities
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
1.0 |
|
Other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
14.0 |
|
|
|
30.5 |
|
|
|
22.2 |
|
Comprehensive
income
|
|
$ |
51.9 |
|
|
|
42.3 |
|
|
|
129.3 |
|
|
|
79.2 |
|
Note
11 – Commitments and contingent matters
Operating
leases
The
Company has made residual value guarantees of approximately $72.3 million at
June 30, 2008, related to operating leases, principally for trucks and other
vehicles.
BAX
Global litigation
BAX
Global is defending a claim related to the apparent diversion by a third party
of goods being transported for a customer. Although BAX Global is
defending this claim vigorously and believes that its defenses have merit, it is
possible that this claim ultimately may be decided in favor of the
claimant. If so, the Company believes that the ultimate amount of
reasonably possible unaccrued losses could range from $0 to $14
million. The Company has contractually indemnified the purchaser of
BAX Global for this contingency.
Value-added
taxes (“VAT”) and customs duties
During
2004, the Company determined that one of its non-U.S. Brink’s business units had
not paid customs duties and VAT with respect to the importation of certain goods
and services. The Company was advised that civil and criminal
penalties could be asserted for the non-payment of these customs duties and
VAT. Although no penalties have been asserted to date, they could be
asserted at any time. The business unit has provided the appropriate
government authorities with an accounting of unpaid customs duties and VAT and
has made payments covering its calculated unpaid VAT. The Company
believes that the range of reasonably possible losses is between $0.4 million
and $3.0 million for potential penalties on unpaid VAT and has accrued $0.4
million. The Company believes that the range of possible losses for
unpaid customs duties and associated penalties, none of which has been accrued,
is between $0 and $35 million. The Company believes that the
assertion of the penalties on unpaid customs duties would be excessive and would
vigorously defend against any such assertion. The Company does not
expect to be assessed interest charges in connection with any penalties that may
be asserted. The Company continues to diligently pursue the
resolution of this matter and, accordingly, the Company’s estimate of the
potential losses could change materially in future periods. The
assertion of potential penalties may be material to the Company’s financial
position and results of operations.
Other
The
Company is involved in various other lawsuits and claims in the ordinary course
of business. The Company is not able to estimate the range of losses for
some of these matters. The Company has recorded accruals for losses
that are considered probable and reasonably estimable. The Company
does not believe that the ultimate disposition of any of these matters will
have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, financial position or results
of operations.
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
and
subsidiaries
ITEM
2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The
Brink’s Company (along with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has two operating
segments:
·Brink’s, Incorporated
(“Brink’s”)
|
Brink’s
offers transportation and logistics management services for cash and
valuables throughout the world. These services include armored
car transportation, automated teller machine (“ATM”) replenishment and
servicing, currency deposit processing and cash management services
including cash logistics services (“Cash Logistics”), deploying and
servicing safes and safe control devices, including its patented
CompuSafe® service, coin sorting and wrapping, integrated check and cash
processing services (“Virtual Vault Services”), arranging the secure
transportation of valuables (“Global Services”), transporting, storing,
and destroying sensitive information (“Secure Data Solutions”) and
guarding services, including airport security.
|
|
|
·Brink’s Home Security, Inc.
(“BHS”)
|
BHS
offers monitored security services in North America primarily for
owner-occupied, single-family residences. To a lesser extent,
BHS offers security services for commercial and multi-family
properties. BHS typically installs and owns the on-site
security systems and charges fees to monitor and service the
systems.
|
On
February 25, 2008, the board of directors approved a plan to separate the
Company into two independent publicly traded companies through a spin-off of
100% of Brink’s Home Security Holdings, Inc. (“BHSH”), a newly formed subsidiary
of the Company that will hold the shares of BHS prior to the
spin-off. The Brink's Company will continue to operate Brink's, its
secure transportation and cash management unit. BHSH filed an initial
Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on May 30, 2008,
and filed a first amendment to the Form 10 on July 18, 2008. The Form
10 provides information about the spin-off, including historical and pro forma
financial information. The spin-off of BHS is expected to take the
form of a tax-free stock distribution to The Brink's Company shareholders and be
completed in the fourth quarter of 2008. After the distribution, the
Company will report expenses related to the spin-off and BHS’ results of
operations, including previously reported results, within discontinued
operations.
The
Company has significant liabilities associated with its former coal operations
and expects to have ongoing expenses and cash outflows related to its former
coal operations.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing
operations
|
|
$ |
48.5 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
|
|
|
96.5 |
|
|
|
64.2 |
|
Discontinued
operations
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
Net income
|
|
$ |
48.7 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
The
income (loss) items in the above table are reported after tax.
Income
from continuing operations increased by 47% in the second quarter of 2008 versus
the second quarter of the prior year primarily due to improved performance at
Brink’s and BHS and a lower effective tax rate. Higher corporate
expenses were offset by lower expenses related to former
operations. Brink’s operating profit increased in the second quarter
of 2008 from the prior-year period primarily due to higher operating profit in
Latin America and Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”), partially offset by
lower operating profit in North America. BHS continued a trend of
reporting higher operating profit.
Income
from continuing operations increased by 50% in the first half of 2008 versus the
same period of the prior year primarily due to improved performance at Brink’s
and BHS and a lower effective tax rate. Higher corporate expenses
were offset by lower expenses related to former operations. Brink’s
operating profit increased in the first half of 2008 from the prior-year period
primarily due to higher operating profit in Latin America and EMEA, partially
offset by lower operating profit in North America. BHS continued a trend of
reporting higher operating profit.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
797.8 |
|
|
|
659.3 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1,590.6 |
|
|
|
1,285.1 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
BHS
|
|
|
133.9 |
|
|
|
119.4 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
261.7 |
|
|
|
234.1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
931.7 |
|
|
|
778.7 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
1,852.3 |
|
|
|
1,519.2 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
52.6 |
|
|
|
42.9 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
134.6 |
|
|
|
93.9 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
BHS
|
|
|
35.5 |
|
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
67.5 |
|
|
|
59.0 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Business segments
|
|
|
88.1 |
|
|
|
73.7 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
202.1 |
|
|
|
152.9 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(13.3 |
) |
|
|
(10.9 |
) |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
(29.4 |
) |
|
|
(22.5 |
) |
|
|
31 |
|
Former operations
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
74.6 |
|
|
|
59.2 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
171.9 |
|
|
|
123.5 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(3.0 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
Interest
and other income, net
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
Income from continuing operations
before
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
income taxes and minority
interest
|
|
|
74.3 |
|
|
|
58.3 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
171.2 |
|
|
|
121.7 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
Provision
for income taxes
|
|
|
18.3 |
|
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Minority
interest
|
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing
operations
|
|
|
48.5 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
96.5 |
|
|
|
64.2 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net of income
taxes
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
NM
|
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
|
NM
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
48.7 |
|
|
|
28.3 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
98.8 |
|
|
|
57.0 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
COMPARISON
OF RESULTS FOR THE SECOND QUARTER
Revenues
- - Consolidated
The
Company’s consolidated revenue during the second quarter of 2008 increased from
the prior-year period as a result of growth at both operating
segments. Brink’s revenues in the second quarter of 2008 increased
over the prior-year period due to Organic Revenue Growth (defined below) and
favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Organic Revenue
Growth includes revenues associated with the conversion project, as discussed
below. The conversion project is expected to provide an insignificant
amount of revenues for the remainder of the year. BHS’ revenues
increased year over year primarily as a result of growth in the subscriber base
and higher average monitoring rates.
Operating
Profit - Consolidated
The
Company’s consolidated operating profit in the second quarter of 2008 increased
from the prior-year period as a result of growth from both operating
segments. Brink’s operating profit included significant growth in
Latin America including operating profit from the conversion
project. Operating profit in EMEA was higher than the prior-year
quarter as a result of favorable changes in currency exchange rates and broad
improvement in operating performance throughout the region. North
American operating profit was lower than the prior-year quarter due primarily to
higher labor, fuel and legal settlement expenses. BHS’ operating profit for the
current quarter improved over the prior-year period due to higher profit from
recurring services, partially offset by increased investment in new
subscribers.
Corporate
expense in the second quarter of 2008 included approximately $3 million of
professional and legal costs related to the planned spin-off of
BHS. For the full year, the Company expects to incur $17 million to
$20 million of professional, legal and advisory fees related to the strategic
reviews conducted by the Company, proxy matters and the proposed spin-off of
BHS.
Expenses
related to former operations were lower in the second quarter of 2008 compared
to the same period last year primarily due to lower pension and other
postretirement expenses.
COMPARISON
OF RESULTS FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD
Revenues
- - Consolidated
The
Company’s consolidated revenue during the first half of 2008 increased from the
prior-year period as a result of growth at both operating
segments. Brink’s revenues in the first half of 2008 increased over
the prior-year period due to Organic Revenue Growth (defined below) and
favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Organic Revenue Growth
includes revenues associated with the conversion project. BHS’
revenues increased year over year primarily as a result of growth in the
subscriber base and higher average monitoring rates.
Operating
Profit - Consolidated
The
Company’s consolidated operating profit in the first half of 2008 increased from
the prior year period as a result of growth from both operating
segments. Brink’s operating profit included significant growth in
Latin America including significant operating profit from the conversion
project. Operating profit in EMEA was higher than the prior-year
period as a result of favorable changes in currency exchange rates and broad
improvement in operating performance throughout the region. North
American operating profit was lower than the prior-year period due primarily to
higher labor, fuel and legal settlement expenses. BHS’ operating
profit for the current period improved due to higher profit from recurring
services, partially offset by increased investment in new
subscribers.
Corporate
expense in the first half of 2008 included approximately $9 million of
professional, legal and advisory fees incurred related to the strategic reviews
conducted by the Company, proxy matters and the initial steps to implement the
planned spin-off of BHS.
Expenses
related to former operations were lower in the first half of 2008 compared to
the same period last year primarily due to lower pension and other
postretirement expenses.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
$ |
563.1 |
|
|
|
440.2 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
1,125.6 |
|
|
|
854.8 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
North America (a)
|
|
|
234.7 |
|
|
|
219.1 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
465.0 |
|
|
|
430.3 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
$ |
797.8 |
|
|
|
659.3 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1,590.6 |
|
|
|
1,285.1 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
$ |
41.7 |
|
|
|
28.2 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
110.3 |
|
|
|
60.9 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
North America (a)
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
14.7 |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
33.0 |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
$ |
52.6 |
|
|
|
42.9 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
134.6 |
|
|
|
93.9 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
(b)
|
|
$ |
31.2 |
|
|
|
26.0 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
60.9 |
|
|
|
50.7 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
Capital expenditures
(c)
|
|
|
38.8 |
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
70.3 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
(a) U.S.
and Canada.
(b)
Depreciation and amortization for the full-year of 2008 is expected to be
between $125 million and $130 million.
(c) Capital
expenditures for the full-year of 2008 are currently expected to range from $165
million to $175 million.
Revenues
– Brink’s
Revenues
at Brink’s were higher in the second quarter and first half of 2008 compared to
the prior-year periods as a result of a combination of the effects of Organic
Revenue Growth (defined below) and favorable changes in currency exchange
rates. Organic Revenue Growth includes revenues from the conversion
project.
Revenues
from Cash Logistics were $133.9 million in the second quarter of 2008 and $104.4
million in the second quarter of 2007 ($279.5 million in the first half of 2008
and $203.1 million in the first half of 2007) and are included in the revenues
shown in the table above. The increase in these revenues was due
primarily to Organic Revenue Growth, including the impact of the conversion
project.
Operating
Profit – Brink’s
Operating
profit in the second quarter and first half of 2008 was higher than in the
prior-year periods primarily as a result of strong performance in Latin America,
including conversion project activities. Operating profit in EMEA was
higher than the prior-year periods as a result of favorable changes in currency
exchange rates and improved operating results in a number of
countries. North American operating profit was lower than in the
prior-year periods due largely to higher spending on labor, fuel, and legal
settlement expenses, partially offset by the benefit of reductions in
postretirement benefit obligations in Canada.
Brink’s
expects to generate operating profit margins of approximately 9% in
2008.
Supplemental
Revenue Analysis
The
following table provides supplemental information related to Organic Revenue
Growth which is not required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”). The Company defines Organic Revenue Growth as the change in
revenue from the prior-year period due to factors such as changes in prices for
products and services (including the effect of fuel surcharges), changes in
business volumes and changes in product mix. Estimates of changes due
to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the effects of new
acquisitions are excluded from Organic Revenue Growth.
The
supplemental Organic Revenue Growth information presented is non-GAAP financial
information that management uses to evaluate results of existing operations
without the effects of acquisitions, dispositions and currency exchange
rates. The Company believes that this information may help investors
evaluate the performance of the Company’s operations. The limitation
of this measure is that the effects of acquisitions, dispositions and changes in
values of foreign currencies cannot be completely separated from changes in
prices (including price increases due to inflation) and volume of the base
business. This supplemental non-GAAP information does not affect net
income or any other reported amounts. This supplemental non-GAAP
information should be viewed in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated
statements of operations.
Revenue
growth rates for operations outside the U.S. include the effect of changes in
currency exchange rates. On occasion in this report, the change in
revenue versus the prior year has been disclosed using constant currency
exchange rates in order to provide information about growth rates without the
impact of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. Growth at
constant-currency exchange rates equates to growth as measured in local
currency. This measurement of growth using constant-currency exchange
rates is higher than growth computed using actual currency exchange rates when
the U.S. dollar is strengthening and lower when the U.S. dollar is
weakening.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
%
change
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
%
change
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
from
prior period
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
from
prior period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
Revenues
|
|
$ |
575.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,124.3 |
|
|
|
|
Effects
on revenue of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organic Revenue
Growth
|
|
|
48.5 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
96.2 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Acquisitions and dispositions,
net
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Changes in currency exchange rates
(a)
|
|
|
28.4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
51.8 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
Revenues
|
|
|
659.3 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
1,285.1 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Effects
on revenue of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organic Revenue
Growth
|
|
|
66.4 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
162.3 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Acquisitions and dispositions,
net
|
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Changes in currency exchange rates
(a)
|
|
|
65.7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
129.1 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
Revenues
|
|
$ |
797.8 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
1,590.6 |
|
|
|
24 |
|
(a) Changes in
currency exchange rates increased segment operating profit by $3.5 million for
the second quarter of 2008 and by $7.4 million for the first half of 2008
compared to the same periods of 2007. The impact for the same periods
of 2007 compared to 2006 was not significant.
COMPARISON
OF RESULTS FOR THE SECOND QUARTER
International
Revenues
increased in the second quarter of 2008 over the prior-year period in all
regions. Revenue increases in EMEA and Latin America were primarily
the result of Organic Revenue Growth and favorable changes in currency exchange
rates. International operating profit in the second quarter of 2008
was higher than the 2007 period primarily due to the effects of strong volumes
in Latin America, including the conversion project, improved results in EMEA and
favorable changes in currency exchange rates.
EMEA. Revenues
increased 23% (6% on a constant currency basis) to $351.5 million in the second
quarter of 2008 from $286.5 million from the same period last
year. Revenues increased largely as a result of Organic Revenue
Growth and favorable changes in currency exchange rates. Operating
profit was higher than the prior-year quarter due to favorable changes in
currency exchange rates and broad improvement in operating performance
throughout the region.
Latin
America. Revenues increased 40% (30% on a constant currency
basis) to $194.1 million in the second quarter of 2008 from $138.3 million in
the second quarter of 2007. Revenues increased primarily due to
higher volumes across the region, normal inflationary price increases and
favorable changes in currency exchange rates. Operating profit
increased significantly as a result of the effects of the conversion project and
solid improvement in Chile and Brazil.
The
Conversion Project
Venezuela
changed its national currency from the bolivar to the bolivar fuerte on January
1, 2008, and Brink’s performed additional cash handling services to assist in
the conversion. Brink’s estimated that it recorded incremental
revenues of approximately $12 million in the second quarter of 2008 and $47
million in the first half of 2008 related to these services. The
Company expects to record approximately $2 million in additional revenues during
the remainder of 2008 associated with the conversion project.
The
conversion project activities utilized existing assets, personnel and other
resources which also serviced normal operations. Due to the temporary
significant increase in volume and special security and reconciliation
procedures, Brink’s increased resources and training and established special
procedures to mitigate risks and, accordingly, increased its
costs. There were higher costs in late 2007 related to this
project.
Asia-Pacific. Revenues
increased 14% (7% on a constant currency basis) to $17.5 million in the second
quarter of 2008 from $15.4 million in the second quarter of
2007. Operating profit in the second quarter of 2008 was lower than
in 2007, mainly due to worse performance in Australia.
North
America
North
American revenues increased 7% to $234.7 million in the second quarter of 2008
compared to $219.1 million in the same period for 2007. Revenues
increased in all service lines. Despite higher revenues, operating
profit in the second quarter of 2008 decreased compared to the same period in
2007 due to higher spending on labor, legal settlement and fuel expenses.
Although fuel costs increased significantly they are a relatively small
percentage of total expenses and are also partially mitigated by fuel-related
price increases and surcharges in billings to customers.
COMPARISON
OF RESULTS FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD
International
Revenues
increased in the first half of 2008 over the prior-year period in all
regions. Revenue increases in EMEA and Latin America were primarily
the result of Organic Revenue Growth (including the conversion project) and
favorable changes in currency exchange rates. International operating
profit in the first half of 2008 was higher than the 2007 period primarily due
to the effects of strong volumes in Latin America, including the conversion
project, improved results in EMEA and favorable changes in currency exchange
rates.
EMEA. Revenues
increased 23% (7% on a constant currency basis) to $683.9 million in the first
half of 2008 from $556.9 million from the same period last
year. Revenues increased as a result of both Organic Revenue Growth
and favorable changes in currency exchange rates. Operating profit
increased compared to the prior-year period due to favorable changes in currency
exchange rates and broad improvement in operating performance throughout the
region.
Latin
America. Revenues increased 51% (40% on a constant currency
basis) to $405.1 million in the first half of 2008 from $267.8 million in the
first half of 2007. Revenues increased primarily due to higher
volumes across the region (including significant volumes from the conversion
project), normal inflationary price increases and favorable changes in currency
exchange rates. Operating profit in the first half of 2008 was
significantly higher than in the first half of 2007 as a result of the effects
of the conversion project and solid improvement in Chile and
Brazil.
Asia-Pacific. Revenues
increased 22% (15% on a constant currency basis) to $36.6 million in the first
half of 2008 from $30.1 million in the first half of 2007. Operating
profit in the first half of 2008 was higher than in 2007, reflecting
improvements in the Company’s Hong Kong Global Services operations.
North
America
North
American revenues increased 8% to $465.0 million in the first half of 2008
compared to $430.3 million in the same period for 2007. Revenues
increased in all service lines. Operating profit in the first half of
2008 decreased $8.7 million compared to the same period in
2007. Operating profit decreased due to higher spending on labor,
fuel and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating
profit in 2008 also included accruals for legal settlement expenses and a
first-quarter $2.0 million gain from reductions in postretirement benefit
obligations in Canada.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$ |
133.9 |
|
|
|
119.4 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
261.7 |
|
|
|
234.1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit
from recurring services (a)
|
|
$ |
60.2 |
|
|
|
52.5 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
117.0 |
|
|
|
103.3 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Investment
in new subscribers (b)
|
|
|
(24.7 |
) |
|
|
(21.7 |
) |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
(49.5 |
) |
|
|
(44.3 |
) |
|
|
12 |
|
Operating
profit
|
|
$ |
35.5 |
|
|
|
30.8 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
67.5 |
|
|
|
59.0 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly
recurring revenues (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
39.3 |
|
|
|
35.1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
and amortization (d)
|
|
$ |
21.8 |
|
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
42.4 |
|
|
|
37.6 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Impairment
charges from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subscriber
disconnects
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Amortization
of deferred revenue (e)
|
|
|
(11.4 |
) |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
(20.0 |
) |
|
|
(16.7 |
) |
|
|
20 |
|
Deferral
of subscriber acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
costs (current year payments)
(f)
|
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.3 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
(12.1 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Deferral
of revenue from new
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subscribers (current year
receipts) (g)
|
|
|
11.6 |
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
23.6 |
|
|
|
24.2 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures (h):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security systems
|
|
$ |
(42.4 |
) |
|
|
(41.6 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(85.6 |
) |
|
|
(82.7 |
) |
|
|
4 |
|
Other
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
Total
capital expenditures
|
|
$ |
(44.3 |
) |
|
|
(44.5 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(90.1 |
) |
|
|
(87.9 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
(a)
|
Reflects
operating profit generated from the existing subscriber base including the
amortization of deferred revenues. This non-GAAP measure
is discussed below under the caption “Non-GAAP Measures - Profit from
Recurring Services and Investment in New
Subscribers.”
|
(b)
|
Primarily
marketing and selling expenses, net of the deferral of subscriber
acquisition costs (primarily a portion of sales commissions and related
costs) incurred in the acquisition of new subscribers. This
non-GAAP measure is discussed below under the caption “Non-GAAP Measures -
Profit from Recurring Services and Investment in New
Subscribers.”
|
(c)
|
This
non-GAAP measure is reconciled and discussed below under the caption
“Non-GAAP Measures - Monthly Recurring
Revenues.”
|
(d)
|
Includes
amortization of deferred subscriber acquisition
costs. Depreciation and amortization for the full-year of
2008 is expected to be between $85 million and $95
million.
|
(e)
|
Includes
amortization of deferred revenue related to active subscriber accounts as
well as recognition of deferred revenue related to subscriber accounts
that disconnect.
|
(f)
|
Includes
cash payments for incremental sales compensation, fringe benefits and
related costs that are directly attributable to successful customer
acquisition efforts and that are deferred and recognized over the expected
life of the customer relationship.
|
(g)
|
Includes
cash receipts from new subscribers, including connection fees and
equipment installation fees that are deferred and recognized over the
expected life of the customer
relationship.
|
(h)
|
Capital
expenditures for the full-year of 2008 are currently expected to range
from $185 million to $190 million.
|
Revenues
- - BHS
The 12%
increase in BHS’ revenues in the second quarter of 2008, and a 12% increase in
the first half of 2008 over the comparable 2007 periods was primarily due to a
larger subscriber base and higher average monitoring rates, partially offset by
a 27% decline in the second quarter and 23% decline in the first half in Brink’s
Home Technologies (“BHT”) pre-wire and trim-out
revenues. Additionally, 1.6 percentage points of the revenue increase
during the second quarter of 2008 was the result of an accounting correction
resulting from the process used to recognize deferred revenues (see note 1 to
the consolidated financial statements). The larger subscriber base
and higher average monitoring and service rates also contributed to a 12%
increase in monthly recurring revenues for June 2008 as compared to June
2007.
Operating
Profit - BHS
Operating
profit increased $4.7 million for the second quarter of 2008 and $8.5 million in
the first half of 2008 compared to the same periods in 2007 due to higher profit
from recurring services, partially offset by increased investment in new
subscribers. Higher investment in new subscribers in the second
quarter of 2008 and the first half of 2008 was primarily the result of increased
advertising and marketing costs incurred to maintain installation volume;
increased compensation expense associated with an increase in the commercial
sales force, and increased automobile reimbursement costs for the total sales
force. Higher profit from recurring services in the second quarter of
2008 and the first half of 2008 was primarily due to incremental revenues
generated from the larger subscriber base, higher average monitoring rates, and
a $2.5 million accounting correction to operating profit
resulting from the process used to recognize deferred revenues and deferred
costs.
Additionally,
BHS recorded other income of $1.9 million during the second quarter of 2007
($2.3 million in the first half of 2007) for final settlement of property damage
and business interruption insurance claims related to Hurricane Katrina,
affecting comparability to the same periods in 2008.
Subscriber
activity
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of subscribers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
period
|
|
|
1,249.6 |
|
|
|
1,153.2 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
1,223.9 |
|
|
|
1,124.9 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Installations (a)
|
|
|
44.2 |
|
|
|
45.2 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
88.8 |
|
|
|
91.0 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Disconnects (a)
|
|
|
(22.3 |
) |
|
|
(23.3 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(41.2 |
) |
|
|
(40.8 |
) |
|
|
1 |
|
End of period (b)
|
|
|
1,271.5 |
|
|
|
1,175.1 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
1,271.5 |
|
|
|
1,175.1 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
number of subscribers
|
|
|
1,261.4 |
|
|
|
1,165.6 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
1,248.9 |
|
|
|
1,151.9 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Annualized
disconnect rate (c)
|
|
|
7.1 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.6 |
% |
|
|
7.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Customers
who move from one location and then initiate a new monitoring agreement at
a new location are not included in either installations or
disconnects. Dealer accounts cancelled and charged back to the
dealer during the specified contract term are also excluded from
installations and disconnects. Inactive sites that are returned
to service reduce disconnects.
|
(b)
|
Commercial
subscribers accounted for approximately 5% of total subscribers at June
30, 2008. The Company continues to see the expansion of BHS’
commercial subscriber base as a significant growth
opportunity.
|
(c)
|
The
disconnect rate is a ratio, the numerator of which is the number of
customer cancellations during the period and the denominator of which is
the average number of customers during the period. The gross
number of customer cancellations is reduced for customers who move from
one location and then initiate a new monitoring agreement at a new
location, accounts charged back to the dealers because the customers
cancelled service during the specified contractual term, and inactive
sites that are returned to active service during the
period.
|
Installations
were 2% lower in the second quarter and 2% lower in the first six months of 2008
as compared to the same periods of 2007 primarily due to fewer residential
installations which the Company attributes to the continued slow housing market,
partially offset by a 6% increase for the second quarter of 2008 and 7% in the
first six months of 2008 in commercial installations over the same periods in
the prior year. Overall, installation growth in 2008 is expected to
continue to be hampered by sluggish residential real estate activity in the
U.S.
The
annualized disconnect rate for the second quarter of 2008 was 7.1%, and 6.6% for
the first half of 2008 compared to 8.0% and 7.1% for the same periods of
2007. Disconnect rates have declined as compared to the same periods
in the prior year due to the combined effects of an increase in the disconnect
rate in the second quarter of 2007 resulting from a technical adjustment to the
disconnect statistic, declining household moves as a result of the continued
slow housing market, and higher account write-offs as compared to the prior
year.
Disconnect
rates are typically higher in the second and third calendar quarters of the year
because of an increase in residential moves during summer months. BHS
is continually focused on minimizing customer disconnects; however, the
disconnect rate may not materially improve in the future, as a certain amount of
disconnects cannot be prevented due to external factors, primarily household
moves. In addition, the instability in the housing and credit markets
could affect BHS’ ability to collect receivables from customers which could
increase the disconnect rate, although to date, BHS has not experienced such an
increase.
Non-GAAP
Measures
Monthly
Recurring Revenues
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monthly
recurring revenues (“MRR”) (a)
|
|
$ |
39.3 |
|
|
|
35.1 |
|
Amounts
excluded from MRR:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred revenue
(b)
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Other revenues (c)
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Revenues
on a GAAP basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
|
|
|
43.7 |
|
|
|
40.4 |
|
January – May
|
|
|
218.0 |
|
|
|
193.7 |
|
January – June
|
|
$ |
261.7 |
|
|
|
234.1 |
|
(a)
|
MRR
is calculated based on the number of subscribers at period end multiplied
by the average fee per subscriber received in the last month of the period
for contracted monitoring and maintenance
services.
|
(b)
|
Includes
amortization of deferred revenue related to active subscriber accounts as
well as recognition of deferred revenue related to subscriber accounts
that disconnect.
|
(c)
|
Revenues
that are not pursuant to monthly contractual billings, including revenues
from such sources as ad-hoc field service calls, product sales and
installation fees not subject to deferral, terminated contract penalty
billings for breached contracts, pass-through revenue (alarm permit fees,
false alarm fines, etc.) and partial month revenues recognized from
customers who disconnected during the last month of the period and are
therefore not included in MRR. This amount is reduced for
adjustments recorded against revenue (primarily customer goodwill credits
and other billing adjustments), and for the amount included in MRR for new
customers added during the last month of the period for those portions of
the month for which revenues were not recognized for such
customers.
|
The
Company uses MRR as one factor of BHS’ performance and believes the presentation
of MRR is useful to investors because the measure is widely used in the industry
to assess the amount of recurring revenues from subscriber fees that a monitored
security business produces. This supplemental non-GAAP information
should be reviewed in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated statements of
operations.
Profit
from Recurring Services and Investment in New Subscribers
Profit
from recurring services reflects the monthly monitoring and service earnings
generated from the existing subscriber base, including the amortization of
deferred revenues and net of all general and administrative
expenses. Impairment charges from subscriber disconnects, and
depreciation and amortization expenses, including the amortization of deferred
subscriber acquisition costs, are also charged to recurring
services. Operating profits from recurring services are affected by
the size of the subscriber base, the amount of operational costs, including
depreciation, the level of subscriber disconnect activity and changes in the
average monthly monitoring fee per subscriber. The Company considers
profit from recurring services to be an important non-GAAP component of its
operating profit. The Company believes this component of operating
profit allows investors and others to understand the operating income from
security systems that have been installed.
Investment
in new subscribers is the net expense (primarily marketing and selling expenses)
incurred to add to the subscriber base every year. The amount of the
investment in new subscribers charged to income may be influenced by several
factors, including the growth rate of new subscriber installations and the level
of costs incurred to attract new subscribers, which can vary widely depending on
the customer acquisition channel. As a result, increases in the rate
of investment (the addition of new subscribers) may have a negative effect on
current operating profit but a positive impact on long-term operating profit,
cash flow and economic value. The Company considers investment in new
subscribers to be an important non-GAAP component of its operating
profit. The Company believes this component of operating profit
allows investors and others to understand the amount of net expenses associated
with the installation of new subscribers.
Profit
from recurring services and investment in new subscribers are reconciled to
operating profit, their closest GAAP counterpart, in the table on page
21.
Corporate
Expense – The Brink’s Company
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
expense
|
|
$ |
13.3 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
29.4 |
|
|
|
22.5 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
Corporate
expense included approximately $3 million in the second quarter of 2008 and
approximately $9 million in the first half of 2008 of professional, legal and
advisory fees incurred related to strategic reviews conducted by the Company,
proxy matters and the initial steps to implement the proposed spin-off of
BHS. For the full year, the Company expects to incur $17 million to
$20 million of professional, legal and advisory fees related to the strategic
reviews conducted by the Company, proxy matters and the proposed spin-off of
BHS.
Expenses
related to the spin-off will be classified within discontinued operations once
the spin-off has occurred.
Former
Operations – included in Continuing Operations
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company-sponsored
postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
benefits other than
pensions
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
(83 |
) |
Black
lung
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
Pension
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
(3.4 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
NM
|
|
Administrative,
legal and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expenses, net
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
(94 |
) |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
(88 |
) |
Expenses
from former operations decreased from last year primarily due to lower pension
and other postretirement expenses.
The
Company operates in approximately 50 countries outside the U.S., each with a
local currency other than the U.S. dollar. Because the financial results of the
Company are reported in U.S. dollars, they are affected by changes in the value
of various foreign currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. Changes in
exchange rates may also affect transactions which are denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency. The diversity of foreign
operations helps to mitigate a portion of the impact that foreign currency
fluctuations in any one country may have on the translated
results. The Company, from time to time, uses foreign currency
forward contracts to hedge transactional risks associated with foreign
currencies. At June 30, 2008, no foreign currency forward contracts
were outstanding.
Translation
adjustments of net monetary assets and liabilities denominated in local
currencies relating to operations in countries with highly inflationary
economies are included in net income, along with all transaction gains or losses
for the period. No subsidiaries operated in highly inflationary
economies for the six months ending June 30, 2008 and
2007. Venezuela’s economy has not been considered to be highly
inflationary in the past five years, but it is reasonably possible that
Venezuela’s economy may be considered highly inflationary again at some time in
the future.
The
Company is exposed to certain risks when it operates in highly inflationary
economies, including the risk that
|
·
|
the
rate of price increases for services will not keep pace with cost
inflation;
|
|
·
|
adverse
economic conditions in the highly inflationary country may discourage
business growth which could affect demand for the Company’s services;
and
|
|
·
|
the
devaluation of the currency may exceed the rate of inflation and reported
U.S. dollar revenues and profits may
decline.
|
Brink’s
Venezuela is also subject to local laws and regulatory interpretations that
determine the exchange rate at which repatriating dividends may be
converted. It is possible that Brink’s Venezuela may be subject to a
less favorable exchange rate on dividend remittances in the
future. The Company’s reported U.S. dollar revenues, earnings and
equity are translated using the official exchange rate of 2.15 bolivar fuerte to
the U.S. dollar. Reported results would be adversely affected if
revenues and operating profits of Brink’s Venezuela were to be reported using a
less favorable currency exchange rate. The Company’s Venezuelan subsidiaries,
which are not wholly owned, held net current assets of $83 million at June 30,
2008.
The
Company is also subject to other risks customarily associated with doing
business in foreign countries, including labor and economic conditions,
political instability, controls on repatriation of earnings and capital,
nationalization, expropriation and other forms of restrictive action by local
governments. The future effects, if any, of these risks on the Company cannot be
predicted.
Other
Operating Income (Expense), Net
Other
operating income (expense), net, is a component of the operating segments’
previously discussed operating profits.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hurricane
Katrina insurance settlement gains
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
1.9 |
|
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(100 |
) |
Share
in earnings of equity affiliates
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
64 |
|
Royalty
income
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
Foreign
currency transaction losses, net
|
|
|
(2.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
200 |
+ |
|
|
(5.7 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
200 |
+ |
Gain
(loss) on sale of operating assets, net
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
NM
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
$ |
0.4 |
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
NM
|
|
Nonoperating
Income and Expense
Interest
expense
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
$ |
3.3 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Interest
and other income, net
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
$ |
3.2 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
$ |
3.0 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for income taxes (in millions)
|
|
$ |
18.3 |
|
|
|
21.4 |
|
|
|
52.3 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
Effective
tax rate
|
|
|
24.6 |
% |
|
|
36.7 |
% |
|
|
30.5 |
% |
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes (in millions)
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Effective
tax rate
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
The
effective income tax rate on continuing operations in the first six months of
2008 was lower than the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate due to a $16.9 million
decrease in the non-U.S. tax provision, primarily due to the geographical mix of
earnings in the foreign jurisdictions and an $8.8 million valuation allowance
release in non-U.S. jurisdictions. The decrease was partially offset
by a $6.5 million tax charge resulting from the decision to spin-off BHS, and
$2.6 million of state tax expense.
The
effective income tax rate on continuing operations in the first six months of
2007 was higher than the 35% U.S. statutory tax rate primarily due to a
$7.0 million increase in the valuation allowances for non-U.S. jurisdictions
and $1.2 million of state tax expense. This was partially offset
by a $2.2 million benefit related to the Company's foreign tax credit position
and a $2.9 million benefit related to the geographical mix of earnings in
non-U.S. jurisdictions.
The
Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate materially from period to period due
to changes in the expected geographical mix of earnings, changes in valuation
allowances or accruals for contingencies and other factors. Subject
to the above factors, the Company currently expects that the effective tax rate
on continuing operations for the full year 2008 will approximate 31% to 34%, not
considering the effects of moving the BHS operations to discontinued operations
in the fourth quarter as a result of the expected spin-off.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
%
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minority
interest
|
|
$ |
7.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
The
increase in minority interest in 2008 is primarily due to an increase in the
earnings of Brink’s Venezuelan subsidiaries.
|
|
Three
Months
|
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results
of Brink’s United Kingdom domestic cash handling operations
(a)
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(10.8 |
) |
Adjustments
to contingent liabilities of former operations
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
Provision
(benefit) for income taxes
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
Income
(loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
|
(4.8 |
) |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
(7.2 |
) |
(a)
|
Brink’s
United Kingdom domestic cash handling operations were sold in August
2007. Revenues of the operations were $12.1 million for the
second quarter of 2007 and $23.1 million for the first six months of
2007. Results of Brink’s United Kingdom domestic cash handling
operations included a $7.5 million asset impairment charge in the second
quarter of 2007.
|
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash
flows before financing activities increased by $9.3 million in the first half of
2008 as compared to the first half of 2007. The increase was
primarily due to improved operating performance, partially offset by higher
capital expenditures.
Summary
of Cash Flow Information
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities
|
|
$ |
216.3 |
|
|
|
197.3 |
|
|
|
19.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
|
(160.5 |
) |
|
|
(145.3 |
) |
|
|
(15.2 |
) |
Acquisitions
|
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
(10.8 |
) |
|
|
5.4 |
|
Other
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
Investing
activities
|
|
|
(161.2 |
) |
|
|
(151.5 |
) |
|
|
(9.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows before financing activities
|
|
$ |
55.1 |
|
|
|
45.8 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Operating
cash flows increased by $19.0 million in the first half of 2008 compared to the
same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to improved
segment operating profit partially offset by higher professional, legal and
advisory fees for shareholder initiatives and the BHS spin-off, higher U.S.
federal income tax payments and higher cash usage for working capital
needs.
Cash
flows from investing activities decreased by $9.7 million in the first half of
2008 versus the first half of 2007 primarily due to increased capital
expenditures.
Capital
expenditures were as follows:
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
70.3 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
|
|
|
13.0 |
|
BHS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security systems
|
|
|
85.6 |
|
|
|
82.7 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
Other
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
Corporate
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Capital
expenditures
|
|
$ |
160.5 |
|
|
|
145.3 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
Capital
expenditures for the first half of 2008 were $15.2 million higher than for the
same period in 2007. Brink’s capital expenditures in 2008 were
primarily for new facilities, cash processing and security equipment, armored
vehicles, and information technology. Most of the increase in Brink’s
capital expenditures from the prior-year period was due to changes in currency
exchange rates. BHS capital expenditures were higher in the first
half of 2008.
Capital
expenditures for the full-year 2007 totaled $320 million. Capital
expenditures for the full-year 2008 are currently expected to range from $350
million to $365 million, with $165 million to $175 million for Brink’s and $185
million to $190 million for BHS.
Business
Segment Cash Flows
The
Company’s cash flows before financing activities for each of the operating
segments are presented below.
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows before financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brink’s
|
|
$ |
75.0 |
|
|
|
50.3 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
BHS
|
|
|
42.0 |
|
|
|
34.4 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
Subtotal of business
segments
|
|
|
117.0 |
|
|
|
84.7 |
|
|
|
32.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and former
operations
|
|
|
(61.9 |
) |
|
|
(38.9 |
) |
|
|
(23.0 |
) |
Cash
flows before financing activities
|
|
$ |
55.1 |
|
|
|
45.8 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
Brink’s
Cash
flows before financing activities in the first half of 2008 at Brink’s increased
by $24.7 million primarily due to improved operating profit and lower cash used
for business acquisitions, partially offset by increased capital
expenditures.
BHS
The $7.6
million increase in BHS’ cash flows before financing activities is primarily due
to higher cash flows from operations as a result of higher operating profit,
partially offset by higher amounts used for working capital.
Corporate
and Former Operations
Other
cash outflows related to corporate and former operations increased $23.0 million
in 2008 compared to 2007 due to the increase in professional, legal and advisory
fees related to shareholder initiatives and the BHS spin-off as well as higher
U.S. federal income tax payments.
Summary
of financing activities
|
|
Six
Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
June 30,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
borrowings (repayments) of debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term debt
|
|
$ |
(4.1 |
) |
|
|
(24.9 |
) |
Revolving
facilities
|
|
|
70.4 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(6.1 |
) |
|
|
(5.5 |
) |
Net borrowings (repayments) of
debt
|
|
|
60.2 |
|
|
|
(26.2 |
) |
Repurchase
of common stock of the Company
|
|
|
(66.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
Dividends
to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders of the
Company
|
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
|
|
(7.4 |
) |
Minority interests in
subsidiaries
|
|
|
(8.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.4 |
) |
Proceeds
and tax benefits related to stock compensation and other
|
|
|
13.6 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
Discontinued
operations, net
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(11.3 |
) |
Cash flows from financing
activities
|
|
$ |
(10.6 |
) |
|
|
(41.7 |
) |
During
the first half of 2008, the Company purchased 823,300 shares of its common stock
at an average cost of $63.92 per share. The Company also withheld and retired a
portion of the shares that were due to employees under deferred compensation
distributions and stock option exercises. The shares were withheld to
meet the withholding requirements of approximately $13 million.
The
Company’s operating liquidity needs are typically financed by cash from
operations, short-term debt and the Revolving Facility, described
below.
On May 4,
2007, the board of directors authorized an increase in the Company’s regular
dividend to an annual rate of $0.40 per share, up from an annual rate of $0.25
per share. The Company paid dividends of $0.10 per share in both the
first and second quarters of 2008. On July 11, 2008, the board
declared a regular quarterly dividend of $0.10 per share payable on September 2,
2008. Future dividends are dependent on the earnings, financial
condition, cash flow and business requirements of the Company, as determined by
the board of directors.
The
Company uses a combination of debt, leases and equity to capitalize its
operations.
Reconciliation
of Net Debt (Cash) to GAAP measures
|
|
June
30,
|
|
|
December
31,
|
|
(In
millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term
debt
|
|
$ |
9.3 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
|
170.1 |
|
|
|
100.2 |
|
Debt
|
|
|
179.4 |
|
|
|
112.6 |
|
Less
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(246.3 |
) |
|
|
(196.4 |
) |
Net Debt (Cash)
(a)
|
|
$ |
(66.9 |
) |
|
|
(83.8 |
) |
(a)
|
Net
Debt (Cash) is a non-GAAP measure. Net Debt (Cash) is equal to
short-term debt plus the current and noncurrent portion of long-term debt
(“Debt” in the tables), less cash and cash
equivalents.
|
The
supplemental Net Debt (Cash) information is non-GAAP financial information that
management believes is an important measure to evaluate the Company’s financial
leverage. This supplemental non-GAAP information should be reviewed
in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The
Company’s Net Debt (Cash) position at June 30, 2008, as compared to December 31,
2007, decreased primarily due to share repurchase activities and higher working
capital usage.
The
Company expects to contribute $50 million to BHS prior to the
spin-off. As a result, the Company expects its Net Debt (Cash) to be
lower after the spin-off.
Debt
The
Company has an unsecured $400 million revolving bank credit facility with a
syndicate of banks (the “Revolving Facility”). The facility allows
the Company to borrow (or otherwise satisfy credit needs) on a revolving basis
over a five-year term ending in 2011. As of June 30, 2008, $311.4
million was available under the revolving credit facility.
The
Company also has an unsecured $150 million credit facility with a bank to
provide letters of credit and other borrowing capacity over a five-year term
ending in December 2009 (the “Letter of Credit Facility”). As of June
30, 2008, $18.6 million was available under this Letter of Credit
Facility. The Company expects to terminate the Letter of Credit
Facility during the third quarter of 2008 in connection with the anticipated
spin-off of BHS. On July 23, 2008, the Company entered into a
definitive agreement for a new unsecured $135 million letter of credit facility
with a bank (the “2008 Facility”) that is expected to become effective in the
third quarter of 2008. The Revolving Facility and the multi-currency
revolving credit facilities described below are also used for the issuance of
letters of credit and bank guarantees.
The
Company has two unsecured multi-currency revolving bank credit facilities with a
total of $50.0 million in available credit, of which approximately $23.7 million
was available at June 30, 2008. When rates are favorable, the Company
also borrows from other banks under short-term uncommitted
agreements. Various foreign subsidiaries maintain other lines of
credit and overdraft facilities with a number of banks.
The
Company’s Brink’s and BHS subsidiaries guarantee the Revolving Facility, the
Letter of Credit Facility and the 2008 Facility. The Revolving
Facility, the Letter of Credit Facility, the 2008 Facility and the
multi-currency revolving bank credit facilities contain various financial and
other covenants. The financial covenants, among other things, limit
the Company’s total indebtedness, limit asset sales, limit the use of proceeds
from asset sales and provide for minimum coverage of interest
costs. The credit agreements do not provide for the acceleration of
payments should the Company’s credit rating be reduced. If the
Company were not to comply with the terms of its various loan agreements, the
repayment terms could be accelerated and the commitments could be
withdrawn. An acceleration of the repayment terms under one agreement
could trigger the acceleration of the repayment terms under the other loan
agreements. The Company was in compliance with all financial
covenants at June 30, 2008.
The
Company has guaranteed $43.2 million of bonds issued by the Peninsula Ports
Authority of Virginia. The guarantee originated as part of the
Company’s former interest in Dominion Terminal Associates, a deep water coal
terminal. The Company continues to pay interest on and guarantee payment of the
$43.2 million principal amount and ultimately will have to pay for the
retirement of the bonds in accordance with the terms of the
guarantee. The bonds bear a fixed interest rate of 6.0% and mature in
2033. The bonds may mature prior to 2033 upon the occurrence of
specified events such as the determination that the bonds are taxable or the
failure of the Company to abide by the terms of its guarantee.
The
Company believes it has adequate sources of liquidity to meet its future
requirements.
Equity
At June
30, 2008, the Company had 100 million shares of common stock authorized and 47.4
million shares issued and outstanding. Shares held by The Brink’s
Company Employee Benefits Trust (the “Employee Benefits Trust”) that have not
been allocated to participants under various benefit plans (1.4 million at June
30, 2008) are excluded from earnings per share calculations since they are
treated as treasury shares for the calculation of earnings per
share.
In July
2008, the Company decided to terminate the Employee Benefits
Trust. The termination is expected to be finalized during the third
quarter of 2008. Prior to termination, the shares currently held by
the Employee Benefits Trust will be distributed to the Company, whereupon the
shares will be retired.
On
September 14, 2007, the Company’s board of directors authorized the purchase of
up to $100 million of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Under
the program, the Company used $40.6 million to purchase 654,800 shares of common
stock between December 5, 2007, and March 31, 2008, at an average price of
$61.98 per share. The Company used an additional $15.7 million to
purchase 229,000 shares of common stock in the second quarter of 2008, at an
average price of $68.48 per share. As of June 30, 2008, the Company
had $43.7 million under the program available to purchase shares. The
repurchase authorization does not have an expiration date.
Commitments
and Contingent Matters
Operating
leases
The
Company has made residual value guarantees of approximately $72.3 million at
June 30, 2008, related to operating leases, principally for trucks and other
vehicles.
BAX
Global litigation
BAX
Global is defending a claim related to the apparent diversion by a third party
of goods being transported for a customer. Although BAX Global is
defending this claim vigorously and believes that its defenses have merit, it is
possible that this claim ultimately may be decided in favor of the
claimant. If so, the Company expects that the ultimate amount of
reasonably possible unaccrued losses could range from $0 to $14
million. The Company has contractually indemnified the purchaser of
BAX Global for this contingency.
Value-added
taxes (“VAT”) and customs duties
During
2004, the Company determined that one of its non-U.S. Brink’s business units had
not paid customs duties and VAT with respect to the importation of certain goods
and services. The Company was advised that civil and criminal
penalties could be asserted for the non-payment of these customs duties and
VAT. Although no penalties have been asserted to date, they could be
asserted at any time. The business unit has provided the appropriate
government authorities with an accounting of unpaid customs duties and VAT and
has made payments covering its calculated unpaid VAT. The Company
believes that the range of reasonably possible losses is between $0.4 million
and $3.0 million for potential penalties on unpaid VAT and has accrued $0.4
million. The Company believes that the range of possible losses for
unpaid customs duties and associated penalties, none of which has been accrued,
is between $0 and $35 million. The Company believes that the
assertion of the penalties on unpaid customs duties would be excessive and would
vigorously defend against any such assertion. The Company does not
expect to be assessed interest charges in connection with any penalties that may
be asserted. The Company continues to diligently pursue the
resolution of this matter and, accordingly, the Company’s estimate of the
potential losses could change materially in future periods. The
assertion of potential penalties may be material to the Company’s financial
position and results of operations.
Other
The
Company is involved in various other lawsuits and claims in the ordinary course
of business. The Company is not able to estimate the range of losses for
some of these matters. The Company has recorded accruals for losses
that are considered probable and reasonably estimable. The
Company does not believe that the ultimate disposition of any of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on its liquidity, financial position
or results of operations.
Item
3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The
Company’s operations have activities in approximately 50
countries. These operations expose the Company to a variety of market
risks, including the effects of changes in interest rates, commodity prices and
foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, the Company consumes
various commodities in the normal course of business, exposing it to the effects
of changes in the prices of such commodities. These financial and commodity
exposures are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its
overall risk management program. The diversity of foreign operations helps to
mitigate a portion of the impact that foreign currency rate fluctuations in any
one country may have on the Company’s consolidated results. The Company’s risk
management program considers this favorable diversification effect as it
measures the Company’s exposure to financial markets and, as appropriate, seeks
to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of certain markets
may have on its operating results. The Company has not had any material change
in its market risk exposures in the six months ended June 30, 2008.
Item
4. Controls and Procedures
Pursuant
to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company carried
out an evaluation, with the participation of the Company’s management, including
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined under Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon
that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information
required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is recorded, processed, summarized
and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms,
and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management,
including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
There has
been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during
the quarter ended June 30, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
Forward-looking
information
This
document contains both historical and forward-looking
information. Words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,”
“expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “may,” “should” and
similar expressions may identify forward-looking
information. Forward-looking information in this document includes,
but is not limited to, statements regarding the strategic decision to spin-off
BHS, the tax free nature, timing and other expected characteristics of the
spin-off, expected additional expenses in 2008 related to the spin-off, the
expected termination of the Employee Benefits Trust, the outcome of the issue
relating to the non-payment of customs duties and value-added tax by a non-U.S.
subsidiary of Brink’s, Incorporated, the outcome of pending litigation involving
BAX Global and other pending matters and the anticipated financial impact of the
disposition of these matters, significant liabilities and ongoing expenses and
cash outflows related to former coal operations, anticipated revenues from the
currency conversion project in Venezuela, expected 2008 expenses related to the
Company’s strategic review, proxy matters and proposed spin-off of BHS, expected
operating profit margin at Brink’s, expected installation growth at BHS and the
effects of ongoing weakness in the housing market, the disconnect rate at BHS,
the possibility that Venezuela may be considered highly inflationary again, the
possibility that Brink’s Venezuela may be subject to less favorable exchange
rates on dividend remittances, the anticipated effective tax rate for
2008 and the Company’s tax position and underlying assumptions, expected capital
expenditures, depreciation and amortization for 2008, the anticipated
capital contribution to BHS and its effect on the Company’s Net Debt, the
expected termination of the Letter of Credit Facility and the anticipated
effectiveness of the 2008 Facility, and the adequacy of the Company’s sources of
liquidity. The forward-looking information in this document is
subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and contingencies, which could
cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from
those that are anticipated.
These
risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of
The Brink’s Company and its subsidiaries, include, but are not limited to the
ability of the Company to complete a successful spin-off of BHS, the
satisfaction of all conditions in order to complete a spin-off of BHS, the
implementation of the termination of the Employee Benefits Trust, demand for the
services of Brink’s and BHS, the implementation of investments in technology and
value-added services and cost reduction efforts and their impact on revenue and
profit growth, the ability to identify and execute further cost and operational
improvements and efficiencies in the core businesses, the impact of continuing
initiatives to control costs and increase profitability, the ability of the
businesses to cost effectively match customer demand with appropriate resources,
the willingness of Brink’s and BHS’ customers to absorb fuel surcharges and
other future price increases and the actions of competitors, the Company’s
ability to identify strategic opportunities and integrate them successfully,
acquisitions and dispositions made in the future, Brink’s ability to integrate
recent acquisitions, corporate expenses due to the implementation of the
spin-off decision and shareholder initiatives, decisions by the Company’s Board
of Directors, Brink’s ability to complete currency conversion cash handling
services in Venezuela successfully and without adverse operational issues,
regulatory and labor issues and higher security threats in European countries,
the impact of actions responding to current market conditions in the United
States, France and other European countries, the return to profitability of
operations in jurisdictions where Brink’s has recorded valuation adjustments,
the input of governmental authorities regarding the non-payment of customs
duties and value-added tax, the stability of the Venezuelan economy and changes
in Venezuelan policy regarding exchange rates for dividend remittances,
variations in costs or expenses and performance delays of any public or private
sector supplier, service provider or customer, the ability of the Company and
its subsidiaries to obtain appropriate insurance coverage at reasonable prices,
positions taken by insurers with respect to claims made and the financial
condition of insurers, safety and security performance, Brink’s loss experience,
changes in insurance costs, risks customarily associated with operating in
foreign countries including changing labor and economic conditions, political
instability, restrictions on repatriation of earnings and capital,
nationalization, expropriation and other forms of restrictive government
actions, costs associated with information technology and other ongoing
contractual obligations, BHS’ ability to maintain subscriber growth, the number
of household moves, the level of home sales or new home construction, potential
instability in housing credit markets, the performance of BHS’ equipment
suppliers and dealers, BHS’ ability to cost-effectively develop or incorporate
new systems in a timely manner, decisions regarding continued support of the
developing commercial business, the ability of the home security industry to
dissuade law enforcement and municipalities from refusing to respond to alarms,
the willingness of BHS’ customers to pay for private response personnel or other
alternatives to police responses to alarms, estimated reconnection experience at
BHS, costs associated with the purchase and implementation of cash processing
and security equipment, changes in the scope or method of remediation or
monitoring of the Company’s former coal operations, the timing of the
pass-through of certain costs to third parties and the timing of approvals by
governmental authorities relating to the disposal of the coal assets, changes to
estimated liabilities and assets in actuarial assumptions due to payments made,
investment returns, annual actuarial revaluations, and periodic revaluations of
reclamation liabilities, the funding levels, accounting treatment, investment
performance and costs of the Company’s pension plans and the VEBA, whether the
Company’s assets or the VEBA’s assets are used to pay benefits, projections
regarding the number of participants in and beneficiaries of the Company’s
employee and retiree benefit plans, black lung claims incidence, the number of
dependents of mine workers for whom benefits are provided, actual retirement
experience of the former coal operation’s employees, actual medical and
legal
expenses
relating to benefits, changes in inflation rates (including medical inflation)
and interest rates, changes in mortality and morbidity assumptions, mandatory or
voluntary pension plan contributions, discovery of new facts relating to civil
suits, the addition of claims or changes in relief sought by adverse parties,
the cash, debt and tax position and growth needs of the Company, the demand for
capital by the Company and the availability and cost of such capital, the
satisfaction or waiver of limitations on the use of proceeds contained in
various of the Company’s financing arrangements, the nature of the Company’s
hedging relationships, the financial performance of the Company, utilization of
third-party advisors and the ability of the Company to hire and retain corporate
staff, changes in employee obligations, overall domestic and international
economic, political, social and business conditions, capital markets
performance, the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies,
foreign currency exchange rates, changes in estimates and assumptions underlying
the Company’s critical accounting policies, anticipated return on assets,
inflation, the promulgation and adoption of new accounting standards and
interpretations, seasonality, pricing and other competitive industry factors,
labor relations, fuel and copper prices, new government regulations and
interpretations of existing regulations, legislative initiatives, judicial
decisions, issuances of permits, variations in costs or expenses and the ability
of counterparties to perform. The information included in this
document is representative only as of the date of this document, and The Brink’s
Company undertakes no obligation to update any information contained in this
document.
Part II - Other
Information
Item
2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of
Proceeds
The
following table provides information about common stock repurchases by the
Company during the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
Total Number
|
|
|
(or
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Dollar
Value) of
|
|
|
|
(a)
Total Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
as
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Shares
that May Yet
|
|
|
|
of
Shares
|
|
|
(b)
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced
Plans
|
|
|
be
Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
(1)
|
|
|
Paid
per Share
|
|
|
or
Programs
|
|
|
the
Plans or Programs
|
|
April
1 through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 30, 2008
|
|
|
219,000 |
|
|
$ |
68.29 |
|
|
|
219,000 |
|
|
$ |
44,456,999 |
|
May
1 through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May 31, 2008
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
72.67 |
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
43,730,344 |
|
June
1 through
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2008
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
(1)
|
On
September 14, 2007, the Company’s board of directors authorized the
Company to make repurchases of up to $100 million of common stock from
time to time as market conditions warrant and as covenants under existing
agreements permit. The program does not require the Company to
acquire any specific numbers of shares and may be modified or discontinued
at any time.
|
|
Item
4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders.
|
|
(a)
|
The
Registrant’s annual meeting of shareholders was held on May 2,
2008.
|
|
(c)
|
The
following persons were elected for terms expiring in 2011, by the
following votes:
|
|
For
|
Withheld
|
Marc
C. Breslawsky
|
42,423,955
|
600,607
|
John
S. Brinzo
|
42,584,549
|
440,013
|
Michael
T. Dan
|
42,362,186
|
662,376
|
Lawrence
J. Mosner
|
42,584,074
|
440,488
|
Carroll
R. Wetzel, Jr.
|
42,354,280
|
670,282
|
The
Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Plan was approved by the following
vote:
For
|
Against
|
Abstentions
|
30,589,802
|
9,607,063
|
329,120
|
The
selection of KPMG LLP as independent registered public accounting firm to audit
the accounts of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for the year 2008 was
approved by the following vote:
For
|
Against
|
Abstentions
|
42,836,158
|
174,587
|
13,816
|
|
(d)
|
On
February 25, 2008, the Company and MMI Investments, L.P. (“MMI”) entered
into a settlement agreement pursuant to which Carroll R. Wetzel, Jr. was
nominated and recommended for election to the Company’s board of directors
at the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders. Upon the
consummation of the Company’s anticipated spin-off of BHSH, Mr. Wetzel
will be appointed to the board of directors of BHSH, provided that Mr.
Wetzel resigns from the Company’s board of directors effective upon
consummation of the spin-off. At that time, Robert J. Strang
will be appointed to the Company’s board of directors as Mr. Wetzel’s
replacement. MMI agreed to withdraw its previously submitted
nominations. In connection with the settlement agreement,
the Company incurred costs in the amount of approximately $1.1
million. For more details on the settlement agreement, please
see the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on
March 20, 2008.
|
Item
6. Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
10.1
|
$135,000,000
Letter of Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2008, among the
Registrant, certain of its subsidiaries and ABN AMRO Bank
N.V.
|
|
|
10.2
*
|
Key
Employees’ Deferred Compensation Program, as amended and restated as of
July 11, 2008.
|
|
|
10.3
*
|
Form
of Deferred Stock Units Award Agreement for deferred stock units granted
under Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Plan.
|
|
|
10.4
*
|
Directors’
Stock Accumulation Plan, as amended and restated as of November 16,
2007.
|
|
|
31.1
|
Certification
of Michael T. Dan, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
of The Brink’s Company, pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
|
31.2
|
Certification
of Michael J. Cazer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer) of The Brink’s Company, pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and
15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
|
32.1
|
Certification
of Michael T. Dan, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
of The Brink’s Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
|
|
32.2
|
Certification
of Michael J. Cazer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer) of The Brink’s Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
|
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
SIGNATURE
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY
|
|
|
|
|
August
1, 2008
|
By: /s/
Michael J. Cazer
|
|
Michael
J. Cazer
|
|
(Vice
President -
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer)
|
|
(principal
financial officer)
|
exhibit_10-1.htm
EXHIBIT
10.1
EXECUTION
VERSION
Dated as
of July 23, 2008
among
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY,
CERTAIN
OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES
and
ABN AMRO
BANK N.V.
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
I
|
DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
|
1.01
Defined Terms
|
1
|
|
1.02
Accounting Principles
|
13
|
ARTICLE
II
|
THE
FACILITY
|
13
|
|
2.01
Amounts and Terms of Commitment
|
14
|
|
2.02
Termination or Reduction of the Commitment
|
14
|
|
2.03
Cash Collateral
|
14
|
|
2.04
Fees
|
15
|
|
2.05
Computation of Fees and Interest
|
15
|
|
2.06
Payments by the Borrower
|
15
|
ARTICLE
III
|
LETTERS
OF CREDIT
|
16
|
|
3.01
General
|
16
|
|
3.02
Terms of the Letters of Credit
|
16
|
|
3.03
Procedure for Issuance of the Letters of Credit
|
17
|
|
3.04
Drawings and Reimbursements
|
17
|
|
3.05
Reimbursement Obligations Absolute
|
18
|
|
3.06
Disbursement Procedures
|
19
|
|
3.07
Evergreen Letters of Credit; Revolving Letters of Credit
|
20
|
|
3.08
Additional Limitations
|
20
|
|
3.09
Applicability of ISP and UCP
|
21
|
|
3.10
Downgrade Event
|
21
|
ARTICLE
IV
|
TAXES,
YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
|
22
|
|
4.01
Taxes
|
22
|
|
4.02
Illegality
|
23
|
|
4.03
Increased Costs and Reduction of Return
|
24
|
|
4.04
Certificate of the Issuing Bank
|
24
|
|
4.05
Survival
|
25
|
ARTICLE
V
|
CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT
|
25
|
|
5.01
Conditions to Effectiveness of this Agreement
|
25
|
|
5.02
Conditions to Subsequent Issuances
|
26
|
ARTICLE
VI
|
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
|
27
|
|
6.01
Corporate Existence
|
27
|
|
6.02
Non-Contravention
|
27
|
|
6.03
No Consent
|
27
|
|
6.04
Binding Obligations
|
27
|
|
6.05
Title to Properties
|
27
|
|
6.06
Subsidiaries
|
28
|
|
6.07
Financial Statements
|
28
|
|
6.08
Litigation; Observance of Agreements, Statutes and Orders
|
28
|
|
6.09
Taxes
|
28
|
|
6.10
ERISA
|
29
|
|
6.11
No Default
|
29
|
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)
|
Page
|
|
6.12
Federal Reserve Regulations
|
29
|
|
6.13
Investment Company Act
|
29
|
|
6.14
Environmental Matters
|
30
|
|
6.15
Priority of Debt
|
30
|
ARTICLE
VII
|
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
|
30
|
|
7.01
Payment of Taxes, etc.
|
30
|
|
7.02
Maintenance of Insurance
|
30
|
|
7.03
Preservation of Corporate Existence, etc
|
31
|
|
7.04
Compliance with Laws, etc.
|
31
|
|
7.05
Compliance with ERISA and the Code
|
31
|
|
7.06
Compliance with Contracts, etc.
|
31
|
|
7.07
Access to Properties
|
31
|
|
7.08
Conduct of Business
|
31
|
|
7.09
Use of Proceeds
|
31
|
|
7.10
Financial Statements
|
31
|
|
7.11
Books and Records
|
33
|
|
7.12
Additional Information
|
33
|
|
7.13
SEC Filings
|
33
|
|
7.14
Change in Debt Rating
|
33
|
|
7.15
Notice of Environmental Matters
|
34
|
|
7.16
Notice of Litigation and Other Matters
|
34
|
ARTICLE
VIII
|
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
|
35
|
|
8.01
Financial Covenants
|
35
|
|
8.02
Limitations on Liens
|
35
|
|
8.03
Disposition of Debt and Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries; Issuance of
Shares by Restricted Subsidiaries; Consolidation, Merger or Disposition of
Assets
|
37
|
|
8.04
Transactions with Affiliates
|
38
|
|
8.05
Compliance with Regulations T, U and X
|
38
|
|
8.06
Hedging Agreements
|
38
|
|
8.07
ERISA
|
38
|
|
8.08
Limitations on Acquisitions
|
39
|
|
8.09
Sale Leaseback Transactions
|
39
|
|
8.10
Limitations on Investments
|
39
|
ARTICLE
IX
|
GUARANTY
|
40
|
|
9.01
Guaranty of Payment
|
41
|
|
9.02
Obligations Unconditional
|
41
|
|
9.03
Modifications
|
41
|
|
9.04
Waiver of Rights
|
42
|
|
9.05
Reinstatement
|
42
|
|
9.06
Remedies
|
42
|
|
9.07
Limitation of Guaranty
|
43
|
|
9.08
Termination of Guaranty Upon Divestiture
|
43
|
|
9.09
Guaranty of Payment
|
43
|
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS (Cont’d)
|
Page
|
ARTICLE
X
|
EVENTS
OF DEFAULT
|
43
|
|
10.01
Event of Default
|
43
|
|
10.02
Remedies
|
45
|
|
10.03
Rights Not Exclusive
|
45
|
ARTICLE
XI
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
45
|
|
11.01
Amendments and Waivers
|
45
|
|
11.02
Notices
|
46
|
|
11.03
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
|
47
|
|
11.04
Costs and Expenses
|
47
|
|
11.05
Indemnities
|
47
|
|
11.06
Successors and Assigns
|
48
|
|
11.07
Assignments
|
49
|
|
11.08
Confidentiality
|
49
|
|
11.09
Counterparts
|
49
|
|
11.10
Severability
|
50
|
|
11.11
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
|
50
|
|
11.12
Waiver of Jury Trial
|
50
|
|
11.13
Entire Agreement
|
51
|
|
11.14
USA Patriot Act
|
51
|
SCHEDULES
Schedule
3.01(b) Outstanding
Letters of Credit
Schedule
6.06 Subsidiaries
of the Borrower
Schedule
8.02 Existing
Liens
Schedule
11.02 Notices
LETTER OF CREDIT
AGREEMENT
This
LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of July 23, 2008 among THE BRINK’S
COMPANY, a Virginia corporation (the “Borrower”), the
Subsidiaries of the Borrower signatory hereto as Guarantors and ABN AMRO BANK
N.V.
WHEREAS,
pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated as of November 18, 2004 between the
Borrower and the Bank (the “SELOC Facility”), the
Bank has issued for the account of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries
and there remain outstanding certain letters of credit all of which are
described on Schedule
3.01(b) attached hereto (the “Outstanding Letters of
Credit”).
WHEREAS,
the Borrower has requested that the Bank issue letters of credit for the account
of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not
exceeding $135,000,000, and the Bank is prepared to issue such letters of credit
upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof.
NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
1.01 Defined
Terms. In addition to the terms defined in the recitals to
this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
“Affiliate” means,
with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) which
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person or any of its
Subsidiaries. The term “control” means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of any power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
“Agreement” means this
Letter of Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, amended and restated,
supplemented or modified from time to time hereafter.
“Applicable LT Rating”
means as to each of Moody’s and S&P, its rating of the Borrower’s senior,
unsecured, long-term, non-credit-enhanced debt for borrowed money.
“Applicable
Percentage” means, for purposes of calculating Letter of Credit Fees and
the Commitment Fee (a) from the Effective Date through the date on which the
Bank receives the financial statements satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10(a) and a
certificate pursuant to Section 7.10(d) for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008, the applicable percentage set forth
below in Pricing Level III, and (b) thereafter, the applicable percentage set
forth below opposite the Applicable LT Rating:
Pricing
Level
|
Applicable
LT Rating
|
LC
Fee
|
Commitment
Fee
|
I
|
A-/A3
or above
|
0.750%
|
0.100%
|
II
|
BBB+/Baa1
|
1.000%
|
0.125%
|
III
|
BBB/Baa2
|
1.100%
|
0.150%
|
IV
|
BBB-/Baa3
|
1.250%
|
0.250%
|
V
|
below
BBB-/Baa3
|
1.750%
|
0.375%
|
For
purposes of the foregoing, (i) if the Applicable LT Ratings established by
Moody’s and S&P are different but correspond to consecutive Pricing Levels,
then the pricing will be based on the higher Applicable LT Rating (e.g., if
Moody’s Applicable LT Rating corresponds to Level I and S&P’s
Applicable LT Rating corresponds to Level II, then the pricing will be
based on Level I), and (ii) if the Applicable LT Ratings established
by Moody’s and S&P’s are more than one Pricing Level apart, then the pricing
will be based on the rating which is one level higher than the lower rating
(e.g., if Moody’s and S&P’s Applicable LT Ratings corresponds to pricing
Level I and IV, respectively, then the pricing will be based on pricing
Level III). The Applicable Percentage shall be adjusted on the
date five (5) Business Days after the date of any change in the Applicable LT
Ratings (each such adjustment date a “Rate Determination
Date”). Each Applicable Percentage shall be effective from a
Rate Determination Date until the next such Rate Determination
Date. Adjustments in the Applicable Percentages shall be effective as
to existing Letters of Credit as well as any new Letters of Credit made or
issued thereafter.
“Approved Currencies”
means Dollars and other currencies as are available to the Borrower for Letters
of Credit to be issued by a Lending Office and which are freely transferable and
convertible into Dollars.
“Bank” means ABN AMRO
Bank N.V. and any Subsidiary of The Royal Bank of Scotland which succeeds to its
business.
“Bankruptcy Code”
means Title 11 of the United States Code, entitled “Bankruptcy”, as
now or hereinafter in effect and any successor thereto.
“Base Rate” means the
higher of:
(a) the
rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by the Bank as its
“reference rate” or its “prime rate” (which publicly announced rate is a rate
set by the Bank based upon various factors including the Bank’s costs and
desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a
reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below
such announced rate); and
(b) one-half
percent per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate.
Any
change in the reference rate or prime rate announced by the Bank shall take
effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public
announcement of such change.
“Business Day” means
any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in
New York City and Chicago are authorized or required by law to
close.
“Capital Adequacy
Regulation” means any guideline, request or directive of any central bank
or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or regulation, whether
or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy of any
bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.
“Capital Lease” means
any lease of property which should be capitalized on the lessee’s balance sheet
in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash Equivalents”
means (a) demand deposits maintained in the ordinary course of business, (b)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United
States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the
full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having
maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (c) time
deposits, certificates of deposit, master notes and bankers acceptances of (i)
the Bank or any of its Affiliates, (ii) any other commercial bank or trust
company (or any Affiliate thereof) having capital and surplus in excess of
$500,000,000 or (iii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from
S&P is at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least
P-2 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, trust company or Affiliate thereof
being an “Approved
Institution”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days
from the date of acquisition, (d) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate
notes issued by any Approved Institution (or by the parent company thereof) or
any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation
rated A-2 (or similar ratings by successor rating agencies) or better by S&P
or P-2 (or similar ratings by successor rating agencies) or better by Moody’s
and maturing within six months of the date of acquisition, (e) repurchase
agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including
the Bank or any of its Affiliates) or recognized securities dealer having
capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by
or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a
perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and
having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of
the amount of the repurchase obligations, (f) Investments, classified in
accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs
registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are
administered by Approved Institutions, (g) obligations of states,
municipalities, counties, political subdivisions, agencies of the foregoing and
other similar entities, rated at least A, MIG-1 or MIG-2 by Moody’s or at least
A by S&P (or similar ratings by successor rating agencies), (h) unrated
obligations of states, municipalities, counties, political subdivisions,
agencies of the foregoing and other similar entities, supported by irrevocable
letters of credit issued by Approved Institutions, or (i) unrated general
obligations of states, municipalities, counties, political subdivisions,
agencies of the foregoing and other similar entities, provided that the
issuer has other outstanding general obligations rated at least A, MIG-1 or
MIG-2 by Moody’s or A by S&P (or similar ratings by successor rating
agencies).
“Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Commitment” means the
commitment of the Bank under this Agreement to issue Letters of Credit pursuant
hereto (including Outstanding Letters of Credit to become Letters of Credit
hereunder) in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $135,000,000 at any time
outstanding, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.
“Commitment Fee” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
2.04(b).
“Consolidated Debt”
means the Debt of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after giving appropriate effect to
any outside minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated EBITDA”
means, for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus
(b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such
period, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense,
(iii) depreciation, depletion and amortization, and (iv) all other
non-cash charges, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
after giving appropriate effect to any outside minority interests in the
Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated Interest
Expense” means, for any period, as applied to the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, all interest expense (whether paid or accrued) and
capitalized interest, including without limitation (a) the amortization of
debt discount and premium, (b) the interest component under Capital Leases,
and (c) the implied interest component, discount or other similar fees or
charges in connection with any asset securitization program in each case
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after giving
appropriate effect to any outside minority interests in the Restricted
Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated Lease
Rentals” means Lease Rentals of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after
giving appropriate effect to any outside minority interests in the Restricted
Subsidiaries.
“Consolidated Net
Income” means, for any period, the net income, after taxes, of the
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after giving appropriate effect to
any outside minority interests in the Restricted Subsidiaries, but excluding, to
the extent reflected in determining such net income, (a) any extraordinary
gains and losses for such period, (b) any non-cash impairment, valuation
allowance, write-down or write-off in the book value of any assets and
(c) any non-cash loss in connection with the disposition of any
assets.
“Consolidated Net
Worth” means, as of any date, as applied to the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, shareholders’ equity or net worth as determined and
computed
on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP after giving appropriate effect to
any outside minority interests in the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that in
determining “Consolidated Net Worth” there shall be (a) included any
issuance of preferred stock by the Borrower and (b) excluded (i) any
extraordinary gains and losses, (ii) any non-cash impairment, valuation
allowance, write-down or write-off in the book value of any assets
(iii) any non-cash loss in connection with the disposition of any assets
and (iv) any other comprehensive income (loss) associated with pension plans or
postretirement benefit plans other than pensions; provided further, that the
items referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), shall be excluded only
to the extent that such items are recorded following the date
hereof.
“Consolidated Total
Assets” means, as of any date, the assets and properties of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP after giving appropriate effect to any outside minority
interests in the Restricted Subsidiaries.
“Credit Parties” means
the Borrower and the Guarantors.
“Debt” of any Person
means at any date, without duplication, the sum of the following determined and
calculated in accordance with GAAP: (a) all obligations of such Person for
borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by such Person (other
than trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and due within six
months of the incurrence thereof) which would appear as liabilities on a balance
sheet of such Person, (c) all Debt of others secured by (or for which the
holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be
secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from,
property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations
secured thereby have been assumed, provided that for
purposes hereof the amount of such Debt shall be calculated at the greater of
(i) the amount of such Debt as to which there is recourse to such Person and
(ii) the fair market value of the property which is subject to the Lien, (d) all
Support Obligations of such Person with respect to Debt of others, (e) the
principal portion of all obligations of such Person under Capital Leases, (f)
the maximum amount of all drafts drawn under standby letters of credit issued or
bankers’ acceptances facilities created for the account of such Person (to the
extent unreimbursed), and (g) the outstanding attributed principal amount under
any asset securitization program of such Person. The Debt of any
Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture in which such
Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, but only to the extent to which
there is recourse to such Person for payment of such Debt.
“Default” means any
event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or
both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied) constitute an Event of
Default.
“Dollar Equivalent”
means (a) in relation to an amount denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof
and (b) in relation to an amount denominated in any Approved
Currency
other than Dollars, the amount of Dollars that can be purchased with such
Approved Currency at the spot rate of exchange determined by the Bank in
accordance with its customary practices on the date of
determination.
“Dollars”, “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful
money of the United States.
“Effective Date” means
the later of (i) August 13, 2008 and (ii) the date on which all conditions
precedent set forth in Section 5.01 are
satisfied or waived by the Bank.
“Environmental Laws”
means any and all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations,
ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses, agreements or
other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or to emissions,
discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, petroleum products, or toxic
or hazardous substances or wastes into the environment, including ambient air,
surface water, groundwater, or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or
handling of pollutants, contaminants, petroleum or petroleum products, or toxic
or hazardous substances or wastes or the clean-up or other remediation
thereof.
“ERISA” means the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the rules and regulations
thereunder, each as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time.
“ERISA Affiliate”
means any Person who together with the Borrower is treated as a single employer
within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code
or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.
“Event of Default”
means any of the events or circumstances specified in Section
10.01.
“Evergreen Letter of
Credit” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.07(a).
“Federal Funds Rate”
means, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release
designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal
Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite
the caption “Federal Funds (Effective)”. If on any relevant day such
rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate
set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m.
Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor publication,
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor,
the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotation”) for such day under the caption “Federal
Funds Effective Rate”. If on any relevant day the appropriate rate
for such previous day is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite
3:30 p.m. Quotations, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean of the
rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00
a.m. (New York time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal
funds transactions in New York City selected by the Bank.
“Federal Reserve
Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any
successor thereof.
“Financial
Institution” shall mean (i) a commercial bank, a savings and loan
association or a savings bank, in each case that has a rating of “A” or higher
by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s, or (ii) a finance company, insurance
company or other financial institution or fund, which is regularly engaged in
making, purchasing or investing in loans and having total assets in excess of
$1,000,000,000.
“Fiscal Year” means
the fiscal year of the Borrower ending on December 31 in any year.
“Fronting Bank” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.10(b).
“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United
States, as recognized by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
and the Financial Accounting Standards Board, consistently applied and
maintained on a consistent basis throughout the period indicated, subject to
Section
1.02.
“Governmental
Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory
authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any
corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital
ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.
“Guarantors” means
Brink’s Incorporated, Pittston Services Group, Inc., Brink’s Holding Company and
Brink’s Home Security, Inc.
“Hazardous Material”
shall mean any hazardous material, hazardous substance, toxic substance,
hazardous waste, special waste, petroleum or petroleum-derived substance or
waste, including any such pollutant, material, substance or waste regulated
under any Environmental Law.
“Hedging Agreements”
means interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements,
other interest or exchange rate, hedging, cap or collar arrangements or
arrangements designed to protect the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in the prices of commodities.
“Insolvency
Proceeding” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or
other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b)
any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of
assets for creditors or other similar arrangement in respect of its creditors
generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; and, in each case,
undertaken under United States federal or State or foreign law, including the
Bankruptcy Code.
“Interest Coverage
Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a)
Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case for the
period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of such
day.
“Investment” in any
Person means (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, property, services,
assumption of indebtedness, securities or otherwise) of capital stock, bonds,
notes, debentures, partnership, joint ventures or other ownership interests or
other securities of such Person, (b) any deposit with, or advance, loan or
other extension of credit to, such Person (other than deposits made in
connection with the purchase of equipment or other assets in the ordinary course
of business) or (c) any other capital contribution to or investment in such
Person.
“ISP” means the
“International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of
International Bank Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be
in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuing Bank” shall
mean the Bank or a Replacement Issuing Bank in its capacity as the issuer of
Letters of Credit hereunder.
“Labor Laws” means any
and all federal, state, local and foreign statutes, laws, regulations,
ordinances, rules, judgments and orders relating to employment, equal employment
opportunity, nondiscrimination, immigration, wages, hours, benefits, collective
bargaining, the payment of social security and similar taxes, occupational
safety and health, and plant closing.
“L/C Application” has
the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.03(b).
“L/C Disbursement”
means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of
Credit, including pursuant to a time draft or similar instrument presented to or
accepted by the Issuing Bank as part of a drawing under a Letter of
Credit.
“L/C Related
Documents” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.05(a).
“Lease” means a lease,
other than a Capital Lease, of real or personal property.
“Lease Rentals” for
any period means the sum of the rental and other obligations to be paid by the
lessee under a Lease during the remaining term of such Lease (excluding any
extension or renewal thereof at the option of the lessor or the lessee unless
such option has been exercised), excluding any amount required to be paid by the
lessee (whether or not therein designated as rental or additional rental) on
account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates
and similar charges.
“Lending Office” shall
mean the particular office of the Issuing Bank at which it shall issue Letters
of Credit hereunder. The Issuing Bank may have different Lending
Offices and may change such Lending Office or Lending Offices at any time or
from time to time.
“Letter of Credit”
means any stand-by letter of credit issued by a Lending Office
pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, on the Effective Date, the
Outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to become Letters of Credit
hereunder.
“Letter of Credit Fee”
has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
2.04(a).
“Letter of Credit
Obligations” means, in respect of any Letter of Credit as at any date of
determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is then
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit plus (b) the aggregate amount
of all Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding with respect to such Letter of
Credit.
“Leverage Ratio”
means, as of the date of any determination with respect to the Borrower, the
ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Debt as of such date, plus
(ii) the amount by which (A) the aggregate amount, as of the preceding
December 31 (or as of such date if such date is December 31), of
Consolidated Lease Rentals under non-cancelable Leases entered into by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, discounted to such December 31 to
present value at 10% and net of aggregate minimum non-cancelable sublease
rentals, determined on a basis consistent with Note 14 to the Borrower’s
consolidated financial statements at and for the period ended December 31,
2007, included in the Borrower’s 2007 annual report to shareholders, exceeds (B)
$400,000,000, to (b) the sum of (i) the amount determined pursuant to
clause (a) plus (ii) Consolidated Net Worth as of such
date.
“Lien” means, with
respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or
encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset. For the purposes of
this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset
which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor
under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or other title retention
agreement relating to such asset.
“Loan Documents” means
this Agreement and all documents delivered to the Issuing Bank or any Lending
Office in connection herewith, including without limitation, any L/C Related
Documents and any other documentation executed at the request of any Lending
Office in connection with any Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this
Agreement.
“Margin Stock” shall
have the meaning given such term in Regulation U promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board.
“Material Adverse
Effect” means (a) a material adverse effect on the financial condition or
results of operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole that would impair the ability of the Credit Parties to perform their
obligations under the Loan Documents or (b) a material adverse effect on
the rights or remedies of the Bank under the Loan Documents.
“Material Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which (a) is
organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia and (b) together with its Subsidiaries, (i) owns more than
twenty percent
(20%) of
Consolidated Total Assets or (ii) accounts for more than twenty percent
(20%) of Consolidated EBITDA.
“Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Moody’s Rating” means
the rating ascribed by Moody’s to the Borrower’s unsecured, non credit-enhanced
long-term debt for borrowed money (whether senior or subordinated).
“Multiemployer Plan”
shall mean a Multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a) (3) of
ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making, has made, is
accruing or has accrued an obligation to make, contributions within the
preceding six years.
“Non-Extension Date”
has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.07(a).
“Obligations” means
all Letter of Credit Obligations and other indebtedness, advances, Debts,
liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary to the Bank, any Lending Office or any other Person required to be
paid or indemnified by the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Loan Document,
of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note,
guaranty or other instrument, arising under this Agreement or under any other
Loan Document, whether arising under, out of, or in connection with, any checks,
notes, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, orders, instruments of guarantee
and indemnity or other instruments for the payment of money, or in any other
manner and also including any other document made, delivered or given
in connection therewith, and each other obligation and liability, whether direct
or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or
hereafter incurred, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Bank or any other
Lending Office arising under any Loan Document, whether on account of principal,
interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses
(including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the
Bank, including, without limitation, allocated costs of staff counsel) or
otherwise, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of
an extension of credit, loan, guaranty, indemnification or in any other manner,
whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or
contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and however
acquired.
“Outstanding Letters of
Credit” has the meaning assigned thereto in the Preamble to this
Agreement.
“PBGC” shall mean the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity succeeding to any or all of
its functions under ERISA.
“Pension Plan” means
any employee pension benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of
ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of
Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and is maintained for the
employees of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates.
“Permitted Assignee”
has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
11.07.
“Person” means an
individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, business trust,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or
Governmental Authority.
“Reimbursement
Obligation” means in respect of any Letter of Credit at any date of
determination, the aggregate amount of all drawings under such Letter of Credit
honored by the issuing Lending Office and not theretofore reimbursed by the
Borrower or by the Guarantors.
“Related Parties”
means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, advisors and other
authorized representatives of such Person and such Person’s
Affiliates.
“Replacement Issuing
Bank” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.10(a).
“Reportable Event”
shall have the meaning attributed thereto in Section 4043 of ERISA but shall not
include any event for which the 30-day notice requirement in Section 4043 of
ERISA has been waived under regulations of the PBGC.
“Requirement of Law”
means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or
regulation or determination of a court or an arbitrator or of a Governmental
Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Person or any of its
property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.
“Responsible Officer”
means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer or
treasurer of the Borrower, or any other officer having substantially the same
authority and responsibility.
“Restricted
Subsidiary” means:
(i) any
Subsidiary of the Borrower at the date of this Agreement other than a Subsidiary
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in Schedule 6.06;
(ii) any
Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower;
(iii) any
Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Guarantor;
(iv) any
Subsidiary of the Borrower that owns, directly or indirectly, any of the capital
stock of any Guarantor; and
(v) any
Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof unless,
prior to such Person becoming a Subsidiary, a Responsible Officer designates
such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the following
paragraph.
A
Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Material Domestic Subsidiary, any
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, or any Subsidiary that owns, directly or
indirectly, any of the capital stock of any Guarantor) may be designated by a
Responsible Officer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by written notice to the Bank,
but only if (a) the Subsidiary owns no shares, directly or indirectly, of
capital stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and
(b) immediately after such designation, the Leverage Ratio is not greater
than 0.60 to 1.00 and the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 3.00 to
1.00. An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated by a Responsible
Officer as a Restricted Subsidiary by written notice to the Bank, but only if
immediately after such designation (x) the Borrower shall be in compliance
with Section 5.02(b) and
(c) and (y) the Leverage Ratio is not greater than 0.60 to 1.00 and
the Interest Coverage Ratio is at least 3.00 to 1.00.
“Revolving Letter of
Credit” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section
3.07(b).
“Sale and Leaseback
Transaction” means the sale by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to
any Person (other than the Borrower) of any property or asset and, as part of
the same transaction or series of transactions, the leasing as lessee by the
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the same or another property or asset
which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose.
“S&P” means
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, as division of The McGraw Hill Companies,
Inc.
“S&P Rating” means
the rating ascribed by S&P to the Borrower’s unsecured, non credit-enhanced
long-term debt for borrowed money (whether senior or subordinated).
“SELOC Facility” has
the meaning assigned thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement.
“Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, association or other entity the
accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in
the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were
prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity
(a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than
fifty percent (50%) of the equity or more than fifty percent (50%) of the
ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than fifty percent
(50%) of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned,
controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled by the
parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or
more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise qualified,
references to “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” herein shall refer to those of the
Borrower.
“Support Obligation”
means, with respect to any Person, at any date without duplication, any Debt of
another Person that is guaranteed, directly or indirectly in any manner, by such
Person or endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary
course of business) or discounted with recourse by such Person or any Debt of
another Person that has the substantially equivalent or similar economic effect
of being guaranteed by such Person or of otherwise making such Person
contingently liable therefor, through an agreement or otherwise, including,
without limitation, an agreement (i) to purchase, or to advance or supply funds
for the payment or purchase of, such Debt, or (ii) to make any loan, advance,
capital contribution or other investment in such other Person to assure a
minimum equity, asset base, working capital or other balance sheet condition for
any date, or to provide funds for the payment of any liability, dividend or
stock liquidation payment, or otherwise to supply funds to or in any manner
invest in such other Person (unless such investment is expected to constitute a
permitted investment under Section
8.10).
“Taxes” has the
meaning assigned thereto in Section
4.01(a).
“Termination Date” has
the meaning assigned thereto in Section
2.01.
“UCP” means the
“Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision)” published
by the International Chamber of Commerce (or such later version thereof as may
be in effect at the time of issuance).
“United States” and
“U.S.” each
means the United States of America.
“Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary other than a Restricted
Subsidiary.
“Withholding Taxes”
has the meaning assigned thereto in Section
4.01(a).
1.02 Accounting
Principles. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, and all financial statements
and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to
the Bank hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis. All calculations made for the purposes of
determining compliance with this Agreement shall (except as otherwise expressly
provided herein) be made by application of GAAP applied on a basis consistent
with the most recent annual or quarterly financial statements delivered pursuant
to Section 7.10 consistent with the annual audited financial statements
referenced in Section 6.07); provided, however, if (a) the
Borrower shall object to determining such compliance on such basis at the time
of delivery of such financial statements due to any change in GAAP or the rules
promulgated with respect thereto or (b) the Bank shall so object in writing
within 60 days after delivery of such financial statements, then such
calculations shall be made on a basis consistent with the most recent financial
statements delivered by the Borrower to the Bank as to which no such objection
shall have been made.
ARTICLE
II
THE
FACILITY
2.01 Amounts and Terms of
Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account of
the Borrower or, subject to Section 3.01(a), its
Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time from the date hereof until the third
anniversary of the date hereof, or until such earlier date on which the Bank
terminates the Commitment pursuant to Section 10.02(a) or
the Borrower terminates the Commitment pursuant to Section
2.02(b) (the “Termination Date”),
provided that
the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations (after giving effect to any requested
Letters of Credit) shall not at any time exceed the Commitment.
2.02 Termination or Reduction of
the Commitment
(a) Unless
previously terminated, the Commitment shall automatically terminate at 5:00 p.m.
New York City time on the third anniversary of the date hereof.
(b) The
Borrower may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice to the
Bank (i) subject to Section 2.03,
terminate the Commitment, or (ii) permanently reduce the Commitment to an amount
not less than the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Letter of Credit
Obligations outstanding at the effective date of such reduction, provided that (x)
each reduction of the Commitment pursuant to this Section shall be an amount
that is $5,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and (y) the Borrower may
not so reduce the Commitment if, after giving effect thereto, the total of
Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the Commitment. Any
termination or reduction of the Commitment shall be permanent. If the
Commitment is terminated in its entirety under this Section 2.02(b), all
accrued and unpaid Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees to, but not
including, the effective date of such termination shall be payable on the
effective date of such termination without any premium or penalty.
2.03 Cash
Collateral.
(a) If
any Letters of Credit would remain outstanding after the effective date of any
termination of the Commitment, in addition to satisfaction of all other
applicable terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Borrower shall, upon
written request of the Issuing Bank, deposit with and pledge to the Issuing Bank
cash in an amount equal to the total of Letter of Credit Obligations at the
effective date of such termination, or arrange for the issuance of a letter of
credit for the benefit of and acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole
discretion. Any such cash deposit or letter of credit shall be in
Dollars unless, with respect to any such Letter of Credit that is denominated in
an Approved Currency other than Dollars, the Issuing Bank requests that such
cash deposit or letter of credit be the Dollar Equivalent of the related Letter
of Credit Obligations.
(b) If
the Letter of Credit Obligations exceed the Commitment by more than $750,000 on
any date (after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitment scheduled to
take place on such date and to any payment or prepayment on such date of
Reimbursement Obligations) for any reason and such excess continues for more
than three (3) Business Days, upon written request of the Issuing Bank the
Borrower shall promptly, but in any event not later than two (2) Business Days
after such written
request,
deposit with and pledge to the Issuing Bank in Dollars cash, or arrange for the
issuance of a letter of credit denominated in Dollars for the benefit of and
acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion, in an amount equal to
such excess.
2.04 Fees.
(a) Letter of Credit
Fees.
(i) The
Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Bank in Dollars or Dollar Equivalents a letter
of credit fee (the “Letter of Credit
Fee”) on each Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank for the account
of the Borrower in an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage per annum on the
face amount of each such Letter of Credit. Such Letter of Credit Fee
shall accrue from the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit (with such
issuance date being deemed to be the Effective Date in the case of the
Outstanding Letters of Credit that are to be continued hereunder as Letters of
Credit) until its expiration date, taking into account any extensions of the
expiration date beyond the initial expiration date. Such fee shall be
payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter and on the
date each Letter of Credit expires or is fully drawn.
(ii) In
addition to the Letter of Credit Fees due the Issuing Bank hereunder, the
Borrower shall pay to any Lending Office issuing a Letter of Credit
any standard amendment, negotiation or other fees as such Lending
Office may request at the time such Letter of Credit is issued or
amended.
(b) Commitment
Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Bank in Dollars a
commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”),
payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter,
commencing with the first calendar quarter ending after the Effective Date, in
an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the excess of (i) the
Commitment at the time over (ii) the aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations from
time to time.
2.05 Computation of Fees and
Interest.
(a) All
computations of fees and interest under this Agreement shall be made on the
basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Fees and interest
shall accrue during each period during which such fees or interest are computed
from and including the first day thereof to but excluding the last day
thereof.
(b) Each
determination of an interest rate by the Bank pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of
manifest error.
2.06 Payments by the
Borrower.
(a) All
payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower on account of
Obligations shall be made without set-off or counterclaim and shall, except
as
otherwise
expressly provided in this Agreement, be made to the relevant Lending Office, in
Dollar Equivalents and in immediately available funds, no later than 12:00 noon
(local time) unless otherwise agreed, on the date specified
herein. Any payment which is received by a Lending Office later than
12:00 noon (local time) shall be deemed to have been received on the immediately
succeeding Business Day and any applicable fee or interest shall continue to
accrue.
(b) Whenever
any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business
Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of fees or
interest, as the case may be.
ARTICLE
III
LETTERS OF
CREDIT
3.01 General.
(a) Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may from time to time
request the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or
any other Approved Currency for its own account in such form as is acceptable to
the Issuing Bank in its reasonable determination. A Letter of Credit
may state that is it issued for the account of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Borrower without prejudice to the agreement herein between the Borrower and the
Bank that the Borrower shall be the account party for all Letters of Credit and
shall have the obligations with respect thereto provided by this
Agreement.
(b) Prior
to the Effective Date, the Outstanding Letters of Credit set forth on Schedule 3.01(b)
hereto are outstanding under the SELOC Facility. All such Outstanding Letters of
Credit shall be deemed to become outstanding Letters of Credit hereunder upon
the Effective Date.
3.02 Terms of the Letters of
Credit.
(a) Each
Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the
earliest of (i) the date twelve (12) months after the date of the issuance of
such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension of the expiration date
of an Evergreen Letter of Credit, twelve (12) months after the then-current
expiration date of such Evergreen Letter of Credit, so long as the Non-Extension
Date for such Evergreen Letter of Credit occurs within three (3) months of such
then-current expiration date), (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days
prior to the Termination Date and (iii) its stated expiration date (including
any extension thereof in accordance with this Agreement).
(b) A
Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended, or the amount
thereof increased or reinstated, only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal
or extension, or increase or reinstatement of the amount, of each Letter of
Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving
effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal, extension, increase or
reinstatement, the sum of the Letter
of Credit
Obligations does not exceed the Commitment. The original face amount
of each Letter of Credit shall be at least $50,000.
3.03 Procedure for Issuance of
the Letters of Credit.
(a) Each
Letter of Credit (other than the Outstanding Letters of Credit) to be issued
after the Effective Date shall be issued upon the request of the Borrower
received by the Issuing Bank and any other relevant Lending Office not later
than 12:00 noon (local time), three (3) Business Days prior to the requested
date of issuance.
(b) Each
request for issuance of a Letter of Credit (other than the Outstanding Letters
of Credit) shall be made in writing sent by fax or by electronic mail in
accordance with Section 11.02(d) and
confirmed by delivery of the original executed letter of credit application and
agreement, in the Issuing Bank’s standard form or a similar form if the relevant
Lending Office uses a different form (each, an “L/C Application”),
not later than one (1) Business Day thereafter. Each request for
issuance of a Letter of Credit and each L/C Application shall specify, among
other things: (i) the proposed date of issuance (which shall be a
Business Day); (ii) the face amount of the Letter of Credit; (iii) the date of
expiration of the Letter of Credit; (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary
thereof; (v) the documents to be presented by the beneficiary of the Letter of
Credit in case of any drawing thereunder; (vi) the full text of any certificate
to be presented by the beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (vii)
whether the requested Letter of Credit is to be denominated in Dollars or
another Approved Currency.
(c) Any
request for an amendment to any previously-issued Letter of Credit shall be
received by the Lending Office which issued the Letter of Credit not
later than 12:00 noon (local time), unless otherwise agreed by the Lending
Office, two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the proposed amendment in
writing by fax or by electronic mail in accordance with Section
11.02(d). Each written request for an amendment to a
previously-issued Letter of Credit made by fax or by electronic mail in
accordance with Section 11.02(d) shall be in the form of the relevant L/C
Application signed by the Borrower and shall not request an extension beyond the
Termination Date. Amendments and extensions shall be at the sole
discretion of the Lending Office which issued the Letter of Credit.
(d) Notwithstanding
any provision of any L/C Application to the contrary, in the event of any
conflict between the terms of any such L/C Application and the terms of this
Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control with respect to payment
obligations, events of default, representations and warranties, and covenants,
except that such L/C Application may provide for further warranties relating
specifically to the transaction or affairs underlying such Letter of
Credit.
3.04 Drawings and
Reimbursements. The Borrower hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably agrees to reimburse the relevant Lending Office for each L/C
Disbursement made by such Lending Office under any Letter of Credit issued for
the account of the Borrower; such Reimbursement Obligation shall be due and
payable seven (7) Business Days after the date the
relevant
Lending Office makes such L/C Disbursement, and shall bear interest, payable
upon demand, for each day from and including the date such L/C Disbursement is
made to but excluding the date that the Borrower pays such Reimbursement
Obligation, at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate for each such day;
provided that
if the Borrower fails to pay such Reimbursement Obligation on the earlier of (i)
the seventh Business Day following the date that such L/C Disbursement is made,
and (ii) the Termination Date, the Borrower shall thereafter pay interest on
such unpaid Reimbursement Obligation at the rate per annum equal to the Base
Rate plus two percent (2%) for each such day.
3.05 Reimbursement Obligations
Absolute. The obligations of the Borrower to reimburse the
Lending Office for L/C Disbursements made by such Lending Office under any
Letter of Credit honoring a demand for payment by the beneficiary thereunder
shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional under any and all
circumstances, including the following circumstances:
(a) any
lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any
L/C Application or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto
(collectively, the “L/C Related
Documents”);
(b) any
change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all
or any of the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Letter of Credit or
any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to or departure from all or any
of the L/C Related Documents;
(c) the
existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may
have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of
Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may
be acting), the Issuing Bank, any Lending Office or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by the L/C Related
Documents or any unrelated transaction;
(d) any
draft, certificate, statement or other document presented under any Letter of
Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect
or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect other than if
such payment resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of the relevant Lending Office;
(e) payment
by the relevant Lending Office under any Letter of Credit against presentation
of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of the Letter of
Credit other than if such payment resulted from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the relevant Lending Office;
(f) any
release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty, for
all or any of the obligations of the Borrower in respect of any Letter of
Credit; or
(g) any
other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute
a
defense
available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any account party, other than a
circumstance constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of
the relevant Lending Office.
Neither
the Issuing Bank nor any of its Related Parties shall have any liability or
responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of
any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Bank or any payment or failure to make any
payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the
preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in
transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or
relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a
drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any
consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the
foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to
the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent of any direct damages
(as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby
waived by the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the
Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s
gross negligence or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other
documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms
thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that:
(x) the
Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial
compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit without responsibility for
further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary,
and may make payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to
be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of
Credit;
(y) the
Issuing Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept
such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict
compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
(z) this
sentence shall establish the standard of care to be exercised by the Issuing
Bank when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a
Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (and the parties hereto hereby
waive, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any standard of care
inconsistent with the foregoing).
3.06 Disbursement
Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, within a reasonable time
following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a
demand for payment under any Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall
promptly after such examination notify the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by
fax or by electronic mail in accordance with Section 11.02(d)) of such demand
for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C
Disbursement thereunder; provided that any
failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of
its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank with respect to any such L/C
Disbursement.
3.07 Evergreen Letters of Credit;
Revolving Letters of Credit.
(a) If
the Borrower so requests in connection with the proposed issuance of a Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Bank agrees, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to
issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “Evergreen Letter of
Credit”); provided that any
such Evergreen Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent any such
renewal at least once during the term thereof (commencing with the date of
issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior written notice to the
beneficiary thereof and the Borrower not later than a specified date to be
agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued, which shall occur and
be effective on a date (the “Non-Extension Date”)
falling no earlier than three (3) months prior to the stated expiration date of
such Evergreen Letter of Credit. Unless otherwise directed by the
Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to
the Issuing Bank for any renewal of an Evergreen Letter of Credit; provided, however, that the
Issuing Bank shall not be required to permit any renewal of an Evergreen Letter
of Credit if (i) the Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no
obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under
the terms hereof or (ii) it has determined that one or more of the applicable
conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not
then satisfied.
(b) If
the Borrower so requests in connection with the proposed issuance of a Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Bank agrees, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to
issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic provisions for the increase or
reinstatement of the face amount of such Letter of Credit (each, a “Revolving Letter of
Credit”); provided that any
such Revolving Letter of Credit must permit the Issuing Bank to prevent each
such increase or reinstatement by giving prior written notice to the beneficiary
and the Borrower thereof not later than a date to be agreed upon at the time
such Letter of Credit is issued, which shall occur and be effective on a date
falling no earlier than two (2) Business Days prior to such increase or
reinstatement. Unless otherwise directed by the Issuing Bank, the
Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Issuing Bank
for any increase or reinstatement of a Revolving Letter of Credit; provided, however, that the
Issuing Bank shall not be required to permit any such increase or reinstatement
of a Revolving Letter of Credit if (i) the Issuing Bank has determined that it
would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its
increased or reinstated amount under the terms hereof or (ii) it has determined
that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not
then satisfied.
3.08 Additional
Limitations. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
contrary:
(a) the
Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit
other than the Outstanding Letters of Credit if:
(i) any
order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitration shall by
its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing such
Letter of Credit, or any law or regulation applicable to the Issuing Bank or any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any
Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit,
or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit
generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon
the
Issuing
Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital
requirement (in each case, for which the Issuing Bank is not compensated
hereunder) not in effect on the Effective Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing
Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the
Effective Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it;
or
(ii) the
issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any policies of the Issuing Bank
of general application or applicable generally to similar
customers.
(b) The
Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation to amend, renew or extend, or
increase or reinstate the amount of, any Letter of Credit if (i) the Issuing
Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its
amended, renewed or extended form or increased or reinstated amount under the
terms hereof, (ii) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the
proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit, or (iii) the Issuing Bank has
determined that one or more applicable conditions contained in Section 5.02 hereof
shall not then be satisfied.
3.09 Applicability of ISP and
UCP. The rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit
unless, when a Letter of Credit is issued, the Issuing Bank elects to have the
rules of the UCP apply or unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank
and the Borrower (including any such agreement applicable to an Outstanding
Letter of Credit). To the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing,
each Letter of Credit shall also be subject to the New York Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect from time to time.
3.10 Downgrade
Event. If the long term senior credit rating of the Issuing
Bank is reduced below “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s, then, at the request of
the Borrower, the Issuing Bank shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to
take one of the following actions (at its option):
(a) arrange
for a replacement Issuing Bank (the “Replacement Issuing
Bank”) on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Borrower,
or
(b) arrange
for another bank (the “Fronting Bank”) to
confirm Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank or to issue letters of
credit to the Borrower’s, or its Restricted Subsidiaries’, beneficiaries with
support of a back-to-back Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, on terms
and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.
The
Borrower will use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Issuing Bank
to identify a Replacement Issuing Bank or a Fronting Bank and to obtain its
agreement to act in such capacity. Any Replacement Issuing Bank shall
be subject to the approval of the Borrower unless such Replacement Issuing Bank
shall have a rating of “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by
Moody’s.
ARTICLE
IV
TAXES,
YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
4.01 Taxes.
(a) Payments
made hereunder and under any instrument executed hereunder shall be made free
and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholding and similar charges (“Taxes”) excluding, in
the case of each Issuing Bank, each Lending Office, each Replacement Bank, each
Fronting Bank and each Permitted Assignee, Taxes (including franchise or
receipts taxes) imposed on or in respect of its net income, capital, or
receipts, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the
laws of which such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank
or Permitted Assignee (as the case may be) (A) is organized, (B) has its
principal place of business, or (C) is, through an office or other fixed place
of business, deemed to be doing business or maintaining a permanent
establishment under any applicable income tax treaty (such non-excluded Taxes
being “Withholding
Taxes”). If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct
any Withholding Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under
any instrument executed hereunder, the Borrower:
(i) shall
pay to each Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or
Permitted Assignee an additional amount so that the net amount received and
retained by such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank
or Permitted Assignee after taking into account such Withholding Taxes (and any
additional Withholding Taxes payable on account of any additional payment called
for by this sentence) will equal the full amount which would have been received
and retained by such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting
Bank or Permitted Assignee as if no such Withholding Taxes been paid, deducted,
or withheld;
(ii) shall
make such deductions; and
(iii) shall
pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other authority
in accordance with applicable law.
(b) The
Borrower will furnish each Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank,
Fronting Bank or Permitted Assignee original Withholding Tax receipts, notarized
copies of Withholding Tax receipts or such other appropriate documentation as
will prove payment of tax in a court of law applying U.S. Federal Rules of
Evidence for all Taxes paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section
4.01(a). The Borrower will deliver such receipts within a
reasonable period after payment of any Withholding Taxes, but in no event later
than 60 days after the due date for the related Withholding Tax.
(c) If
an Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or Permitted
Assignee is entitled to a refund or credit of Withholding Tax, it shall use
reasonable efforts to pursue such refund (and interest with respect thereto),
and if it
receives
such refund or credit, shall pay to the Borrower the amount of the refund or
credit (and interest with respect thereto) actually received.
(d) Each
Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or Permitted
Assignee shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies,
and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its
relevant Lending Office if such change would avoid or reduce any Withholding
Tax; provided
that no such change of jurisdiction shall be made if, in the reasonable judgment
of such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Fronting Bank, Replacement Bank or
Permitted Assignee, such change would be disadvantageous to such Issuing Bank,
Lending Office, Fronting Bank, Replacement Bank or Permitted Assignee, as the
case may be.
(e) The
Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Borrower, within 30 days after the
execution of this Agreement (unless theretofore so delivered) and, in the case
of any other Issuing Bank or Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or
Permitted Assignee, prior to such Person becoming an Issuing Bank, Lending
Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or Permitted Assignee, as the case may
be, as may be reasonably required from time to time by applicable law or
regulation, United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN and/or W-8EC1
(or successor Forms) or such other form, if any, as from time to time may permit
the Borrower to demonstrate that payments made by the Borrower to
such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or Permitted
Assignee under this Agreement either are exempt from United States
Federal Withholding Taxes or are payable at a reduced rate (if any) specified in
any applicable tax treaty or convention. If any Issuing Bank, Lending
Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or Permitted Assignee fails to provide
the forms required by this Section 4.01(e), the
Borrower shall, notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.01 to the contrary,
withhold amounts required to be withheld by the applicable law from any payments
to any such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank or
Permitted Assignee at the applicable statutory rate, and the Borrower shall not
be required to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 4.01 to or
indemnify any such Issuing Bank, Lending Office, Replacement Bank, Fronting Bank
or Permitted Assignee pursuant to this Agreement with respect to amounts so
withheld.
4.02 Illegality. If
the Issuing Bank shall determine that the introduction of any Requirement of
Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or
administration thereof, has made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other
Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for the Issuing Bank or
any other relevant Lending Office to issue Letters of Credit, then, on notice
thereof by the Issuing Bank to the Borrower, the obligation of the Issuing Bank
to issue Letters of Credit, as the case may be, shall be suspended until the
Issuing Bank shall have notified the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise
to such determination no longer exist. The Issuing Bank shall
immediately notify the Borrower of any such event.
4.03 Increased Costs and
Reduction of Return.
(a) If
the Issuing Bank shall determine that, due to either (i) the introduction of any
Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the
interpretation or administration thereof or (ii) the compliance with any
guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority
(whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the
cost to the Issuing Bank or any Lending Office of agreeing to issue or issuing
or maintaining any Letter of Credit, then the Borrower shall be liable for, and
shall from time to time, upon written request therefor by the Issuing Bank, pay
to the Issuing Bank additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate the
Issuing Bank or such Lending Office for such increased costs.
(b) If
the Issuing Bank shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii)
any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy
Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Issuing Bank
(or other relevant Lending Office) or any corporation controlling the Issuing
Bank, with any Capital Adequacy Regulation affects or would affect the amount of
capital required or expected to be maintained by the Issuing Bank, any Lending
Office or any corporation controlling the Issuing Bank and (taking into
consideration the Issuing Bank’s and such controlling corporation’s policies
with respect to capital adequacy and the Issuing Bank’s desired return on
capital) determines that the amount of such capital is increased as a
consequence of Letters of Credit issued or maintained by the Issuing Bank under
this Agreement, then, upon written request of the Issuing Bank, the Borrower
shall immediately pay to the Issuing Bank or the relevant Lending Office, from
time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank, additional amounts sufficient to
compensate the Issuing Bank or such Lending Office for such
increase.
(c) The
Issuing Bank will notify the Borrower of any event occurring after the date
hereof which will entitle the Issuing Bank or any Lending Office to compensation
from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 4.03 as
promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to
request such compensation, and will designate a different Lending Office if such
designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such
compensation. If the Issuing Bank requests compensation under this
Section 4.03,
the Borrower may, by notice to the Issuing Bank, require that the Issuing Bank
furnish to the Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for requesting such
compensation and the method for determining the amount thereof.
4.04 Certificate of the Issuing
Bank. If claiming reimbursement or compensation pursuant to
this Article
IV, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting
forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to the Issuing Bank or any
relevant Lending Office hereunder, and such certificate shall be conclusive and
binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.
4.05 Survival. The
agreements and obligations of the Borrower in this Article IV shall
survive the payment of all other Obligations.
ARTICLE
V
CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT
5.01 Conditions to Effectiveness
of this Agreement. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the
obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Effective
Date:
(a) Receipt of
Documents. The Bank shall have received on or before the
Effective Date all of the following, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel:
(i) Letter of Credit
Agreement. This Agreement, duly executed and delivered by each
Credit Party;
(ii) Resolutions;
Incumbency.
(A) Copies
of the resolutions of the board of directors of each Credit Party approving and
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder, certified as of the
Effective Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Credit Party;
and
(B) A
certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Credit Party as of
the Effective Date certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of
such Credit Party authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other
Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder.
(iii) Financial
Statements. A copy of the audited and unaudited financial
statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries referred to in Section 6.07,
accompanied by a copy of the related auditor’s report, in the case of the
audited financial statements, and a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in the
case of the unaudited financial statements.
(iv) Certificate. A
certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as of the Effective Date,
certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 5.01(b)
below.
(v) Legal
Opinions. Opinions in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Bank of the general counsel of the Borrower (and in such
capacity, acting as counsel for the Credit Parties) and, as to matters of New
York law, of Hunton & Williams LLP.
(b) No Default,
etc. As of the Effective Date:
(i) no
Default or Event of Default exists;
(ii) the
representations and warranties in Article VI (other
than in the case of the Outstanding Letters of Credit to be deemed issued
hereunder, the last clause of Section 6.07(b) relating to the occurrence of a
material adverse change) are true and correct in all material respects on and as
of such date, as though made on and as of such date; and
(iii) since
March 31, 2008, there has occurred no event or circumstance that could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) SELOC
Facility. The Bank shall have received notification of the
Borrower’s election to terminate the SELOC Facility.
(d) Payment of Costs and
Fees. The Borrower shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket costs,
accrued and unpaid fees and expenses incurred by the Bank, to the extent due and
payable on the Effective Date, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
outside counsel to the Bank.
5.02 Conditions to Subsequent
Issuances. The obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend,
renew or extend, or increase or reinstate the amount of, any Letter of Credit
after the Effective Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent on the date of the relevant extension of
credit:
(a) Request for Letter of
Credit. The Issuing Bank shall have received a request and an
L/C Application in accordance with Section
3.03;
(b) Continuation of
Representations and Warranties. The representations and
warranties contained in Article VI (other
than, after the Effective Date, the last clause of Section 6.07(b) relating to
the occurrence of a material adverse change) shall be true and correct in all
material respects on and as of the date of such extension of credit with the
same effect as if made on and as of such date, except for any representation and
warranty made as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall
remain true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier
date;
(c) No Existing
Default. No Default or Event of Default shall exist on the
date of such request or immediately after giving effect to the requested
issuance, amendment, renewal, extension, increase or reinstatement of such
Letter of Credit, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no
Reimbursement Obligation shall be outstanding and unpaid.
Each
request for the issuance, amendment, renewal, extension, increase or
reinstatement of a Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Borrower that, as of the date of such request and immediately
after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal, extension, increase or
reinstatement of such Letter of Credit, the conditions in this Section 5.02 have
been satisfied and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no
Reimbursement Obligation shall be outstanding and unpaid.
ARTICLE
VI
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES
Each
Credit Party (or, as specifically provided below, the Borrower only), represents
and warrants to the Bank, as follows:
6.01 Corporate
Existence. (a) Such Credit Party and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; (b) such Credit Party and each of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has the requisite power and authority to own its
property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and (ii) is
qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is
required, except where the failure so to qualify would not have a Material
Adverse Effect. Such Credit Party has the corporate power to execute
and deliver and to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it
is party.
6.02 Non-Contravention. The
execution, delivery and performance by such Credit Party of the Loan Documents
to which it is party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
and do not and will not (i) require any consent or approval of the shareholders
of such Credit Party, (ii) violate any provision of any law, rule, regulation
(including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve
Board), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination, or award
presently in effect having applicability to such Credit Party or of the charter
or by-laws of such Credit Party, (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a
default under any agreement or instrument to which such Credit Party is a party
or by which it is bound, which breach or default, individually or in the
aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or
(iv) result in the creation of a Lien of any nature upon or with respect to any
of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by such Credit Party; and such
Credit Party is not in default under any such order, writ, judgment, injunction,
decree, determination, or award or any such indenture, agreement, lease, or
instrument or in default under any such law, rule, or regulation, which default
would have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.03 No
Consent. No authorization, consent, approval, license,
exemption of, or filing or registration with, or any other action in respect of
any Governmental Authority is or will be necessary for the valid execution,
delivery or performance by such Credit Party of the Loan Documents to which it
is party.
6.04 Binding
Obligations. Each of the Loan Documents to which such Credit
Party is party constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of such Credit
Party enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective
terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
6.05 Title to
Properties. Such Credit Party and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of the material assets and
properties purported to be owned by it, free and clear of all Liens except those
permitted by this Agreement.
6.06 Subsidiaries. As
of the Effective Date, each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 6.06 is a
Subsidiary of the Borrower, and all of such Subsidiaries’ shares which are
owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower have been duly authorized and
validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are free and clear of any
Lien except Liens of the type described in Section 8.02(b)
hereof.
6.07 Financial
Statements. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants
that:
(a) The
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, certified by KPMG
LLP, independent public accountants, copies of which have been delivered to the
Bank, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the
consolidated results of their operations for the year then ended, all prepared
in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
(b) The
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
March 31, 2008, the related unaudited consolidated statement of operations
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter then ended, and the
related unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter then ended, copies of which have been
delivered to the Bank, fairly present in all material respects the consolidated
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and
their consolidated results of operations for the quarter then ended, all
prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the omission of notes and subject
to year-end adjustments) applied on a consistent basis; and there has been no
material adverse change in such condition or operations since March 31,
2008.
6.08 Litigation; Observance of
Agreements, Statutes and Orders.
(a) There
are no actions, suits, arbitrations or other proceedings pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or the properties of the Borrower or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator that
would have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Borrower nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is in default (in any respect which would have a
Material Adverse Effect) with respect to any law, rule, regulation, order, writ,
judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award presently in effect and
applicable to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
(b) Neither
the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under any term of any
agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, which
default or violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.09 Taxes. The
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all material tax returns
(federal, state, and local) required to be filed and paid all taxes shown
thereon to be due,
including
interest and penalties, or provided adequate reserves, in accordance with GAAP,
for the payment thereof.
6.10 ERISA. Each
Pension Plan has complied with and has been administered in all material
respects in accordance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the
Code. No Pension Plan has terminated under circumstances giving rise
to liability of the Borrower of any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC under Section
4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA, which liability remains unpaid in whole or in part,
and no lien under Section 4068 of ERISA exists with respect to the assets of the
Borrower. No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any
Pension Plan, except for Reportable Events previously disclosed in writing to
the Bank that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. No
accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or
Section 412 of the Code (whether or not waived) exists with respect to any
Pension Plan, nor does any lien under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the
Code exist with respect to any Pension Plan.
Neither
the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has completely or partially withdrawn from
any one or more Multiemployer Plans under circumstances which would give rise to
withdrawal liability which, in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse
Effect and which has not been fully paid as of the date
hereof. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has received
notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of
Section 4241 of ERISA), is insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of
ERISA), or has terminated under Title IV of ERISA, nor, to the best knowledge of
the Borrower, is any such reorganization, insolvency or termination reasonably
likely to occur, where such reorganization, insolvency or termination has
resulted or can reasonably be expected to result in an increase in the
contributions required to be made to such Multiemployer Plan in an amount that
would have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any
ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any contribution to a Multiemployer Plan
which is required under ERISA or an applicable collective bargaining agreement
in an amount which is material in the aggregate (except to the extent there is a
good faith dispute as to whether any contribution is owed, the amount owed or
the existence of facts that would give rise to a withdrawal).
6.11 No
Default. No Default and no Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing.
6.12 Federal Reserve
Regulations. a)Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in
the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
Margin Stock.
(b) No
Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether
immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose which entails a
violation of, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, including, without limitation,
Regulations T, U or X.
6.13 Investment Company
Act. None of the Credit Parties is an “investment company” as
defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.
6.14 Environmental
Matters. In the ordinary course of its business, the Borrower
conducts an ongoing review of the effect of Environmental Laws and laws relating
to occupational safety and health on the business, operations and properties of
the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the course of which it
identifies and evaluates associated liabilities and costs (including any capital
or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure or restoration of
properties presently or previously owned, any capital or operating expenditures
required to achieve or maintain compliance with environmental protection and
occupational health and safety standards imposed by law or as a condition of any
license, permit or contract, any related constraints on operating activities,
including any periodic or permanent shutdown of any facility or reduction in the
level of or change in the nature of operations conducted thereat and any actual
or potential liabilities to third parties, including employees, and any related
costs and expenses). On the basis of this review, the Borrower
represents and warrants that applicable Environmental Laws and laws relating to
occupational health and safety do not and would not have a Material Adverse
Effect and it and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has obtained
and holds all material permits, licenses and approvals required under
Environmental Laws that are necessary for the conduct of its business and the
operation of its facilities, and it has not received any written notice of any
failure to be in compliance with the terms and conditions of such permits,
licenses and approvals, which failure would have a Material Adverse
Effect.
6.15 Priority of
Debt. Each Credit Party hereby represents and warrants that
all Debt created under this Agreement for which it is or may be liable ranks
pari passu with all
other Debt for borrowed money which such person owes or may be liable for to any
Person other than the Bank.
ARTICLE
VII
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
Until all
of the Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, all Letters of Credit
have expired or been terminated and the Commitment has expired or been
terminated, unless consent has been obtained in the manner provided for in Section 11.01,
the Borrower will:
7.01 Payment of Taxes,
etc. Pay and discharge, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary
to pay and discharge, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges
or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties
belonging to it, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all
lawful material claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any
properties of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that neither
the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such
tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim which is being contested in good faith
and by proper proceedings and against which it is maintaining adequate reserves
in accordance with GAAP.
7.02 Maintenance of
Insurance. Maintain, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to
maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or
associations (or, to the extent consistent with prudent business practice,
through its own program of self-insurance) in such amounts and covering such
risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Borrower or
such Restricted Subsidiary operates.
7.03 Preservation of Corporate
Existence, etc. Preserve and maintain, and cause each
Restricted Subsidiary to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence and
material rights, franchises, permits and privileges; provided, however, that nothing
herein contained shall prevent any merger or consolidation permitted by Section 8.03; and
provided further that the
Borrower shall not be required to preserve or to cause any Restricted Subsidiary
to preserve its corporate existence or any such rights, franchises, permits or
privileges if the Borrower shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
7.04 Compliance with Laws,
etc. Comply, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to comply,
with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders
(other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders which are not final and are
being contested in good faith by proper proceedings) of any Governmental
Authority (including Labor Laws and Environmental Laws), in each case where
noncompliance with which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.05 Compliance with ERISA and
the Code. With respect to each Pension Plan, (i) comply, and
cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to comply, with the minimum funding standards
under ERISA and (ii) use its best efforts, and cause each of its ERISA
Affiliates to use its best efforts, to comply in all material respects with all
other applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and
interpretations promulgated thereunder.
7.06 Compliance with Contracts,
etc. Perform, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to perform,
all of its obligations under the terms of each mortgage, indenture, security
agreement, loan agreement or credit agreement and each other agreement, contract
or instrument by which it is bound, except in each case where the failure to do
so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.07 Access to
Properties. Permit, and cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to
permit, any representatives designated by the Bank, upon reasonable prior notice
to the Borrower, to visit the properties of the Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary at reasonable times and as often as reasonably
requested.
7.08 Conduct of
Business. Engage in, and cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to
engage in, only those businesses in which the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are engaged on the Effective Date and such other businesses
reasonably related or complementary thereto or in furtherance thereof, or in
other lines of business which are insignificant when viewed in the overall
context of the businesses then engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole.
7.09 Use of
Proceeds. Use the Letters of Credit for general corporate
purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with this
Agreement.
7.10 Financial
Statements. Furnish or cause to be furnished to the Bank at
its address as set forth in Section 11.02 or such
other office as may be designated in writing by the Bank:
(a) annually,
as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the last day of
each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, as at such last day of such Fiscal Year, and consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flow for the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, each prepared in accordance with
GAAP, in reasonable detail, and audited by KPMG LLP or any other firm of
independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing and
whose opinion shall not be qualified with respect to scope limitations imposed
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the status of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as a going concern or the accounting principles followed by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary not in accordance with GAAP;
(b) as
soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the
first three fiscal quarterly periods of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the last day of such fiscal
quarter and consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter, and for the then current
Fiscal Year through the end of such fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with
GAAP (except for omission of notes and subject to year-end
adjustments);
(c) substantially
concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant clause (a) above
(but in any event, no later than the time such financial statements are required
to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) above), a certificate signed by the
treasurer, chief financial officer or the chief executive officer of the
Borrower to the effect that such officer has made due inquiry and that to the
best of the knowledge of such officer except as stated therein no Default or
Event of Default has occurred hereunder and that such officer has made due
inquiry and that to the best of the knowledge of such officer except as stated
therein no default has occurred under any other agreement to which the Borrower
is a party or by which it is bound, or by which any of its properties or assets
may be affected, which would have a Material Adverse Effect and specifying in
reasonable detail the exceptions, if any, to such statements;
(d) substantially
concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant clauses (a) and
(b) above (but in any event, no later than the time such financial statements
are required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above), a statement
of a financial officer of the Borrower showing the Leverage Ratio and Interest
Coverage Ratio by reasonably detailed calculation thereof as of the last day of
the fiscal period to which such financial statements relate;
(e) substantially
concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant clause (b) above
(but in any event, no later than the time such financial statements are required
to be delivered pursuant to clause (b) above), a certificate signed by a
financial officer of the Borrower and stating that such officer has made due
inquiry and that to the best of his knowledge no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof; and
(f) immediately,
but in any event within three (3) Business Days after a Responsible Officer
obtains knowledge of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, a
certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details thereof and the
action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.
Any
financial statement required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 7.10 shall be
deemed to have been delivered on the date on which the Borrower posts such
financial statement on its website on the Internet at www.brinkscompany.com (or
a successor website) or when such financial statement is posted on the SEC’s
website on the Internet at www.sec.gov (or a successor website) and, in each
case, such financial statement is readily accessible to the Bank on such date;
provided that
the Borrower shall give notice of any such posting to the Bank; provided, further, that the
Borrower shall deliver paper copies of any such financial statement to the Bank
if the Bank requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until notice to
cease delivering such paper copies is given by the Bank.
7.11 Books and
Records. Keep, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to keep,
proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in
accordance with GAAP shall be made of all dealings or transactions in relation
to its business and activities and the business and activities of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
7.12 Additional
Information. Furnish, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to
furnish, with reasonable promptness such other financial information as the Bank
may reasonably request, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to
furnish any information that would result in violation of any confidentiality
agreement by which it is bound but, at the request of the Bank, shall use its
reasonable best efforts to obtain a waiver of such agreement to permit
furnishing of such information under this provision.
7.13 SEC
Filings. Promptly after the same are available, furnish or
make available copies of all current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K (or similar corresponding reports) and
registration statements or statements which the Borrower or any Subsidiary may
be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (excluding
registration statements filed pursuant to employee stock option or benefit
plans); provided that any
reports required to be furnished pursuant to this Section 7.13 shall be
deemed to have been furnished on the date on which the Borrower posts such
report on its website on the Internet at www.brinkscompany.com (or a successor
website) or when such report is posted on the SEC’s website on the Internet at
www.sec.gov and, in each case, such report is readily accessible to the Bank on
such date; provided that the Borrower shall give notice of any such posting to
the Bank; provided, further, that the
Borrower shall deliver paper copies of any such report to the Bank if the Bank
requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until notice to cease
delivering such paper copies is given by the Bank.
7.14 Change in Debt
Rating. Within three (3) Business Days after any Responsible
Officer receives notice of any change in the Applicable LT Rating, furnish
written notice of such change and the new Applicable LT Rating to the
Bank.
7.15 Notice of Environmental
Matters. Furnish, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to
furnish, to the Bank, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by the
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, a copy of any written notice or claim
alleging that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is liable to any Person
as a result of the presence or release of any Hazardous Material where, if such
allegation were determined to be true, it would have a Material Adverse
Effect.
7.16 Notice of Litigation and
Other Matters. Promptly (but in no event later than three (3)
Business Days after a Responsible Officer obtains knowledge thereof) the
Borrower shall furnish telephonic (confirmed in writing to the Bank) or written
notice to the Bank of:
(a) the
commencement of all proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority and all
actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator against any of the
Credit Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective
properties, assets or businesses (i) which in the reasonable judgment of the
Borrower would have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) with respect to any material
Debt of the Credit Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) with
respect to any Loan Document;
(b) any
written notice of any alleged violation received by any of the Credit Parties or
any Restricted Subsidiary thereof from any Governmental Authority including,
without limitation, any notice of alleged violation of Environmental Laws, that
in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower in any such case would have a
Material Adverse Effect; and
(c) (i)
any unfavorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service regarding
the qualification of a Pension Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code (along with
a copy thereof) which would have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) all notices
received by any of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC’s
intent to terminate any Pension Plan or to have a trustee appointed to
administer any Pension Plan, (iii) all notices received by any of the Credit
Parties or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning
the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of
ERISA which would have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any Responsible Officer
of the Credit Parties obtaining knowledge or reason to know that the Credit
Parties or any ERISA Affiliate has filed or intends to file a notice of intent
to terminate any Pension Plan under a distress termination within the meaning of
Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (v) the occurrence of a Reportable Event, (vi) a
failure to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan which would have a
Material Adverse Effect, and (vii) the creation of any lien in favor of the PBGC
or a Pension Plan which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE
VIII
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
Until all
of the Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, all Letters of Credit
have expired or been terminated and the Commitment has expired or been
terminated unless consent has been obtained in the manner provided for in Section 11.01, the
Borrower will not:
8.01 Financial
Covenants.
(a) Maximum Leverage
Ratio. Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the end of each fiscal
quarter to be greater than 60%.
(b) Minimum Interest Coverage
Ratio. Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of
each fiscal quarter to be less than 3.00 to 1.00.
8.02 Limitations on
Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on,
or with respect to, any of their assets or properties (including without
limitation shares of capital stock or other ownership interests), real or
personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Liens
existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 8.02;
(b) Liens
for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies not yet due or
as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired or
which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if
adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP;
(c) The
claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processors or
landlords for labor, materials, supplies or rentals incurred in the ordinary
course of business, (i) which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty
(30) days or (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by
GAAP;
(d) Liens
consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business (i) in
connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under workers’
compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation or obligations under
customer service contracts, or (ii) to secure (or to obtain letters of credit
that secure) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety bonds,
appeal bonds, bids, leases (other than Capital Leases), performance bonds,
purchase, construction or sales contracts and other similar obligations, in each
case not incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the
obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of
property;
(e) Liens
constituting encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements and
rights or restrictions of record on the use of real property, which in the
aggregate are not substantial in amount and which do not, in any case, detract
from the
value of
any material parcel of real property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary
conduct of business;
(f) Liens
in favor of the Bank for the benefit of the Bank;
(g) Liens
on the property or assets of any Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time such
Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and not incurred in
contemplation thereof, as long as the outstanding principal amount of the Debt
secured thereby is not voluntarily increased by such Restricted Subsidiary after
the date such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the
Borrower;
(h) Liens
on the property or assets of the Credit Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary
securing Debt which is incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or
improvement on such property or assets, provided that (i)
each such Lien shall be created simultaneously with, or within twelve months
after, the acquisition (or the completion of the construction or improvement) of
the related property or assets; (ii) each such Lien does not at any time
encumber any property other than the related property or assets financed by such
Debt; (iii) the principal amount of Debt secured by each such Lien is not
increased; and (iv) the principal amount of Debt secured by each such Lien shall
at no time exceed 100% of the original purchase price of such related property
or assets at the time acquired and the costs of any such construction or
improvements on such property or assets, as applicable;
(i) Liens
consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens, provided that (i) the
claims giving rise to such Liens are being diligently contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, (ii) adequate reserves for the obligations secured by
such Liens have been established and (iii) enforcement of such Liens has been
stayed;
(j) Liens
created or deemed to exist in connection with any asset securitization program
(including any related filings of any financing statements), but only to the
extent that such Liens attach to the assets actually sold, contributed, financed
or otherwise conveyed or pledged in connection with such securitization
program;
(k) Liens
on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary securing
indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any other Credit Party;
(l) Liens
on coal reserves leased by the Borrower or by any Restricted Subsidiary as
lessee, securing Debt to the lessors thereof, arising out of such
leases;
(m) Liens
on any Margin Stock purchased or carried by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries;
(n) The
extension, renewal or replacement of any Lien permitted by clauses (a), (g), or
(h), but only if the principal amount of Debt secured by the Lien immediately
prior thereto is not increased and the Lien is not extended to other property;
and
(o) In
addition to any Lien permitted by clauses (a) through (m), immediately after
giving effect to any concurrent repayment of secured Debt, Liens securing Debt
of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the sum of (A) the
aggregate principal amount of all such secured Debt plus (B) the aggregate
amount of Consolidated Lease Rentals (excluding Consolidated Lease Rentals under
Leases in effect as of December 31, 2007 (and any renewal, extension or
replacement thereof) and Leases with respect to property not owned by the
Borrower on such date), discounted to present value at ten percent (10%),
compounded annually, arising out of all Sale and Leaseback Transactions to which
the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is then a party (including
Sale and Leaseback Transactions, if any, entered into pursuant to Section 8.09), does
not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth; provided that the
sale or transfer of (i) coal, oil, gas or other minerals in place for a period
of time until, or in an amount such that, the transferee will realize therefrom
a specified amount of money (however determined) or a specified amount of such
coal or other minerals or (ii) any other interest in property of the character
commonly referred to as a “production payment” shall not be deemed to constitute
Debt secured by a Lien.
8.03 Disposition of Debt and
Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries; Issuance of Shares by Restricted
Subsidiaries; Consolidation, Merger or Disposition of
Assets.
(a) Sell
or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to sell or
otherwise dispose of, any capital stock or any Debt of any Restricted
Subsidiary, (b) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, issue, sell or
otherwise dispose of any of such Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock (other
than directors’ qualifying shares, to satisfy preemptive rights or in connection
with a split or combination of shares or a dividend in shares) except to the
Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary, (c) liquidate, wind-up or dissolve
itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation
or dissolution), or (d) directly or indirectly, or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to directly or indirectly, consolidate with or merge with or into or
sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to
any Person, unless, after giving effect thereto, all of the following conditions
shall be met:
(i) the
Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than 0.60 to 1.00 and the Interest Coverage
Ratio shall not be less than 3.00 to 1.00;
(ii) in
the case of a merger or consolidation, (A) if the Borrower is a party thereto,
the Borrower shall be the surviving corporation, (B) if the Borrower is not a
party thereto and another Credit Party is a party thereto, such Credit Party
shall be the surviving corporation and (C) if no Credit Party is a party
thereto, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the surviving
corporation;
(iii) in
the case of a liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, the Restricted Subsidiary
may liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself into the Borrower or a Restricted
Subsidiary; and
(b) no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
Provided
that the conditions of this Section 8.03 are
satisfied, none of the foregoing provisions shall be deemed to prohibit the
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from selling, transferring,
assigning or otherwise disposing of Margin Stock for fair market value or
selling, contributing, financing or otherwise conveying or pledging assets in
connection with any asset securitization program permitted by Section
8.02(j).
8.04 Transactions with
Affiliates. Except as permitted in Section 8.10(j),
engage, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to engage, directly or indirectly,
in any material transaction with an Affiliate (other than the Borrower) on terms
more favorable to the Affiliate than would have been obtainable in arm’s-length
dealing.
8.05 Compliance with Regulations
T, U and X. In the case of the Borrower and any Subsidiary of
the Borrower, purchase or carry any Margin Stock or incur, create or assume any
obligation for borrowed money or other liability or make any investment, capital
contribution, loan, advance or extension of credit or sell or otherwise dispose
of any assets or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to its
shareholders or take or permit to be taken any other action or permit to occur
or exist any event or condition if such action, event or condition would result
in this Agreement or the other transactions contemplated hereby violating
Regulation T, U or X.
8.06 Hedging
Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist, or permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to enter into or permit to exist, Hedging Agreements for
the purpose of speculation and not for the purpose of hedging risks associated
with the businesses of the Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
8.07 ERISA. (a)
Terminate, or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to terminate, any Pension Plan
under circumstances which would reasonably result in a material liability of the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC, or permit to exist the occurrence
of any Reportable Event or any other event or condition which presents a
material risk of such a termination by the PBGC; (b) engage, or permit any of
its Subsidiaries or any Pension Plan to engage, in a “prohibited transaction”
(within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) that
would reasonably result in material liability of the Borrower or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) fail, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to fail, to make any contribution to a Multiemployer Plan which is required by
ERISA or an applicable collective bargaining agreement in an amount which is
material (except to the extent there is a good faith dispute as to whether any
contribution is owed, the amount owed or the existence of facts that would give
rise to a withdrawal); (d) completely or partially withdraw, or permit any of
its ERISA Affiliates to completely or partially withdraw, from a Multiemployer
Plan, if such complete or partial withdrawal will result in any material
withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA; or (e) enter into any new Pension
Plan or modify any existing Pension Plan so as to increase its obligations
thereunder which could result in any material additional liability to the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate. For purposes of this Section 8.07,
an amount is material if it
would
have a Material Adverse Effect after aggregation with all other liabilities
described in this Section 8.07.
8.08 Limitations on
Acquisitions. Acquire, or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to
acquire, all or any portion of the capital stock or other ownership interest in
any Person which is not then a Restricted Subsidiary or any assets collectively
constituting a business unit of a Person which is not then a Restricted
Subsidiary, unless:
(a) the
aggregate consideration paid by the acquirer in such transaction does not exceed
20% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Fiscal Year most recently
ended; or
(b) in
the event that the aggregate consideration to be paid by the acquirer in such
transaction exceeds 20% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of the Fiscal
Year most recently ended, (i) the Borrower shall have notified the Bank at least
five (5) Business Days prior to the consummation thereof that such an
acquisition is pending (furnishing with such information reasonably acceptable
to the Bank demonstrating pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set
forth in Section
8.01), and (ii) after giving effect to such acquisition on a pro forma
basis, no Default or Event of Default would exist under Section
8.01. Any notice delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Section 8.08 shall be
kept confidential by the Bank in accordance with Section 11.08
below.
8.09 Sale Leaseback
Transactions. Sell or transfer, or permit any Restricted
Subsidiaries to sell or transfer, any material property or assets owned by the
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Effective Date to any Person (other
than the Borrower) with the intention of taking back a lease of such property or
assets or any similar property or assets, if the sum of (A) the amount of
Consolidated Lease Rentals, discounted to present value at 10%, compounded
annually, which would arise out of such proposed Sale and Leaseback Transaction,
plus (B) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Lease Rentals (excluding
Consolidated Lease Rentals under Leases in effect as of December 31, 2007 (and
any renewal, extension or replacement thereof) and Leases with respect to
property not owned by the Borrower on such date), discounted to present value at
ten percent (10%), compounded annually, arising out of all other Sale and
Leaseback Transactions to which the Borrower or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is then a party, plus (C) the aggregate principal amount of all
Debt of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by Liens incurred in
reliance on Section
8.02(o), would exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth.
8.10 Limitations on
Investments. Make or permit to exist, or permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to make or permit to exist, any Investment, other than Investments
which are:
(a) cash
and Cash Equivalents;
(b) current
assets generated in the ordinary course of business;
(c) accounts
receivable created, acquired or made in the ordinary course of business and
payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms;
(d) Investments
consisting of capital stock, obligations, securities or other property received
in settlement of accounts receivable (created in the ordinary course of
business) from bankrupt obligors;
(e) advances
to employees for moving and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar
expenditures in the ordinary course of business;
(f) advances
or loans to directors, officers and employees that do not exceed $25,000,000 in
the aggregate at any one time outstanding;
(g) advances
or loans to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business in an
aggregate amount consistent with the past practice of the Person making such
advance or loan;
(h) loans
to shareholders intended to constitute dividends on, or payment on account of,
any capital stock;
(i) Investments
or Support Obligations by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing
on the Effective Date;
(j) Investments
by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Borrower or any other
Subsidiary (provided that such Investment would not otherwise constitute a
breach of Section 8.08);
(k) Support
Obligations of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of
the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(l) acquisitions
permitted by Section 8.08 and Investments consisting of capital stock,
obligations, securities or other property received in connection with any
merger, sale or other combination permitted by Section 8.03;
(m) Investments
in connection with the management of Pension Plans and other benefit plans of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation The Pittston
Company Employee Welfare Benefit Trust);
(n) Hedging
Agreements permitted by Section 8.06;
(o) advances
or loans to any Person with respect to the deferred purchase price of property,
services or other assets in dispositions permitted by Section 8.03;
and
(p) Investments
of a nature not contemplated in the foregoing subsections in an amount not to
exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Worth.
ARTICLE
IX
GUARANTY
9.01 Guaranty of
Payment. Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees to the Bank the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated
maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise) of all
Obligations. Any such payment shall be made at such place and in the
same currency as such relevant Obligation is payable.
9.02 Obligations
Unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder are
absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity,
regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, or any other agreement or
instrument referred to herein, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or
guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that this guaranty may be enforced
by the Bank without the necessity at any time of resorting to or exhausting any
security or collateral and without the necessity at any time of having recourse
to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any collateral, if any,
hereafter securing the Obligations or otherwise and each Guarantor hereby waives
the right to require the Bank to proceed against any other Guarantor or any
other Person (including a co-guarantor) or to require the Bank to pursue any
other remedy or enforce any other right. Each Guarantor further
agrees that it shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or
contribution against any other Guarantor (or any other guarantor of the
Obligations) for amounts paid under this guaranty until such time as the Bank
has been paid in full, all commitments under this Agreement have been terminated
and no Person or Governmental Authority shall have any right to request any
return or reimbursement of funds from the Bank in connection with monies
received under this Agreement. Each Guarantor further agrees that
nothing contained herein shall prevent the Bank from suing in any jurisdiction
on this Agreement or any other Loan Document or foreclosing its security
interest in or Lien on any collateral, if any, securing the Obligations or from
exercising any other rights available to it under this Agreement or any
instrument of security, if any, and the exercise of any of the aforesaid rights
and the completion of any foreclosure proceedings shall not constitute a
discharge of any Guarantor's obligations hereunder; it being the purpose and
intent of each Guarantor that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute,
independent and unconditional under any and all
circumstances. Neither a Guarantor's obligations under this guaranty
nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed
or released in any manner whatsoever (i) by an impairment, modification, change,
release or limitation of the liability of any other Guarantor, (ii) by reason of
the bankruptcy or insolvency of such other Guarantor, (iii) by reason of the
application of the laws of any foreign jurisdiction or (iv) by reason of the
location of such other Guarantor in any foreign jurisdiction. Each
Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or
accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance of by the
Bank upon this guaranty or acceptance of this guaranty. The
Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created,
contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance
upon this guaranty. All dealings between the Borrower and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Bank, on the other hand, likewise shall be
conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this
guaranty.
9.03 Modifications. Each
Guarantor agrees that (a) all or any part of the security which hereafter may be
held for the Obligations, if any, may be exchanged, compromised or surrendered
from time to time; (b) the Bank shall not have any obligation to protect,
perfect,
secure or
insure any such security interests or Liens which hereafter may be held, if any,
for the Obligations or the properties subject thereto; (c) the time or place of
payment of the Obligations may be changed or extended, in whole or in part, to a
time certain or otherwise, and may be renewed or accelerated, in whole or in
part; (d) the Borrower and any other party liable for payment under this
Agreement may be granted indulgences generally; (e) any of the provisions of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be modified, amended or waived;
(f) any party (including any co-guarantor) liable for the payment thereof may be
granted indulgences or be released; and (g) any deposit balance for the credit
of the Borrower or any other party liable for the payment of the Obligations or
liable upon any security therefor may be released, in whole or in part, at,
before or after the stated, extended or accelerated maturity of the Obligations,
all without notice to or further assent by such Guarantor, which shall remain
bound thereon, notwithstanding any such exchange, compromise, surrender,
extension, renewal, acceleration, modification, indulgence or
release.
9.04 Waiver of
Rights. Each Guarantor expressly waives to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law: (a) notice of acceptance of this guaranty by the
Bank and of all Letters of Credit issued by the Bank; (b) presentment and demand
for payment or performance of any of the Obligations; (c) protest and notice of
dishonor or of default (except as specifically required in this Agreement) with
respect to the Obligations or with respect to any security therefor; (d) notice
of the Bank obtaining, amending, substituting for, releasing, waiving or
modifying any Lien, if any, hereafter securing the Obligations, or the Bank’s
subordinating, compromising, discharging or releasing such Liens, if any; (e)
all other notices to which the Borrower might otherwise be entitled in
connection with the guaranty evidenced by this Article IX; and (f) demand for
payment under this guaranty.
9.05 Reinstatement. The
obligations of each Guarantor under this Article IX shall be automatically
reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf
of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise
restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any
proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and each Guarantor
agrees that it will indemnify the Bank on demand for all reasonable costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel) incurred by the Bank in connection with such rescission or restoration,
including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim
alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or
similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
9.06 Remedies. Each
Guarantor agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Bank,
on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and
payable as provided in Section 10.02 (and
shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the
circumstances provided in Section 10.02)
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
declaration (or preventing such Obligations from becoming automatically due and
payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration
(or such Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable),
such Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall
forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor.
9.07 Limitation of
Guaranty. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary
contained herein, to the extent the obligations of any Guarantor shall be
adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without
limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to
fraudulent conveyances or transfers) then the obligations of such Guarantor
hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount that is permissible under
Applicable Law (whether federal or state and including, without limitation, the
Federal Bankruptcy Code.
9.08 Termination of Guaranty Upon
Divestiture. The obligations of any Guarantor under this
Article IX shall automatically terminate as to such Guarantor upon any
consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition made in accordance with Section 8.03 as a
result of which such Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower
immediately after the consummation of such transaction, provided that any
outstanding amounts then due and payable by such Guarantor under this Article IX
shall have been paid in full.
9.09 Guaranty of
Payment. This guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not solely
of collection, is a continuing guaranty and, subject to Sections 9.01 and
9.07 above,
shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.
ARTICLE
X
EVENTS OF
DEFAULT
10.01 Event of
Default. Any of the following shall constitute an “Event of
Default”:
(a) Non-Payment. The
Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of
principal of any Reimbursement Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) Business
Days after the same shall become due, any interest, fee or any other amount
payable hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document to which the Borrower
is a party;
(b) Breach of Representation or
Warranty. Any representation or warranty by the Borrower or
any Guarantor made or deemed made herein or in any other Loan Document, or which
is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement by the
Borrower or any Guarantor, or any Responsible Officer, furnished at any time
under this Agreement, or in or under any other Loan Document, shall prove to
have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed
made;
(c) Other
Defaults. The Borrower or any Guarantor fails to perform or
observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days
after the earlier of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer gives written
notice of such failure to the Bank or (ii) the date upon which written notice
thereof is given to the Borrower by the Bank;
(d) Insolvency; Voluntary
Proceedings. Any Guarantor or the Borrower (i) ceases or fails
to be solvent, or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to
pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any,
whether at
stated
maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases operations as a going concern;
(iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or (iv) takes
any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing;
(e) Involuntary
Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding is
commenced or filed against any Guarantor or the Borrower, or any writ, judgment,
warrant of attachment, execution or similar process, is issued or levied against
a substantial part of the property of any Guarantor, the Borrower or any of
their respective Subsidiaries, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be
dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar
process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after
commencement, filing or levy; (ii) any Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their
respective Subsidiaries admits the material allegations of a petition against it
in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or similar order under the
laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision
thereof) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) any Guarantor, the
Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries acquiesces in the appointment
of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in
possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself or a
substantial portion of its property or business;
(f) Monetary
Judgments. One or more final (non-interlocutory) and
nonappealable judgments, orders or decrees shall be entered against the
Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving in the
aggregate a liability (not fully covered by insurance) as to any single or
related series of transactions, incidents or conditions that have a reasonable
likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect (which, solely for the purposes
hereof, shall be deemed to mean at least $25,000,000) and the same shall remain
undischarged, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 30 days
after the entry thereof;
(g) Guarantor
Defaults. Any Guarantor shall fail in any material respect to
perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement herein; or the obligations of
any Guarantor under Article IX shall for any reason be partially (including with
respect to future advances) or wholly revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease
to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor or any other Person shall
contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has
any further liability or obligation under such Article;
(h) Cross-Acceleration. There
shall be any default under any agreement or instrument evidencing or securing
Debt of the Borrower or any Guarantor, if the effect of such default is to
permit the holder or holders of such Debt (or a trustee on its or their behalf)
to cause, and such holder or holders (or trustee) do cause, such Debt to become
due prior to its stated maturity, and the aggregate amount of such Debt so
accelerated equals or exceeds $25,000,000 (or the equivalent
thereof);
(i) Payment
Cross-Defaults. The Borrower or any Guarantor shall default in
the payment when due, after giving effect to any grace period permitted from
time to time, of
any Debt
and the aggregate amount of such Debt is at least $25,000,000 (or the equivalent
thereof); or
(j) Cross Default to Subsidiary
Obligations. Any Subsidiary shall default in any payment
obligation to the Bank or any branch or Affiliate thereof and any such default
shall continue beyond any period of grace applicable thereto and the aggregate
of all such defaulted payment obligations shall be equal to or greater than
$5,000,000, or any such Subsidiary shall be in material breach of any agreement
between any such Subsidiary and the Bank or any branch or Affiliate thereof;
and, in either event, either such condition shall continue to exist 30 days
after written notice thereof is given by the Bank to the Borrower.
10.02 Remedies. If
any Event of Default occurs and is then continuing, the Bank may:
(a) declare
the Commitment to be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall forthwith be
terminated;
(b) declare
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations, all
interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable;
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(c) exercise
all rights and remedies available to it under the Loan Documents or applicable
law; and
(d) require
the Borrower to pay to the Bank in immediately available funds, in Dollars, an
amount equal to the maximum amount then available to be drawn under all Letters
of Credit then outstanding, for deposit in a cash collateral account maintained
by the Bank, as security for the Letters of Credit then
outstanding;
provided, however, that upon
the occurrence of any event specified in Section 10.01(d) or Section
10.01(e) (in the case of Section 10.01(e)(i),
upon the expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein), the Commitment
shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding
Reimbursement Obligations and all fees, interest and other amounts as aforesaid
shall automatically become due and payable without further act of the
Bank.
10.03 Rights Not
Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights,
powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other
instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter
arising.
ARTICLE
XI
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01 Amendments and
Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is
party, and
no
consent with respect to any departure by the Borrower or any Guarantor
therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the Bank, the Borrower and the Guarantors, and then such waiver shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given.
11.02 Notices.
(a) All
notices, requests and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in
writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides fax) and
mailed, sent by overnight delivery service or faxed, or by electronic mail to
the extent permitted by Section 11.02(d), to
the address or number specified for notices to the applicable party set forth on
Schedule 11.02;
or to such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written
notice to the other parties.
(b) All
such notices, requests and other communications shall, when transmitted by
overnight delivery service or fax, be effective the day after delivered to the
overnight delivery service, when transmitted by fax with machine transmittal
confirmation or, if transmitted by mail, upon delivery, except that notices
pursuant to Article
II or Article
III shall not be effective until actually received by the
Bank.
(c) The
Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Bank’s agreement to receive notices,
requests and other communications by fax is solely for the convenience and at
the request of the Borrower. The Bank shall be entitled to rely on
the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower
to give such communications and the Bank shall not have any liability to the
Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Bank
in reliance upon such fax communication. The obligation of the
Borrower to repay the Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any
extent by any failure by the Bank to receive written confirmation of any fax
communication or by the receipt by the Bank of a confirmation which is at
variance with the terms understood by the Bank to be contained in the fax
communication.
(d) (i) Notices
and other communications to the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or
furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet
websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Issuing Bank, provided that the
foregoing shall not apply to notices to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Articles II or III
hereof if the Issuing Bank has notified the Bank and the Borrower that it is
incapable of receiving notices under such Articles by electronic
communication. The Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept
notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications
pursuant to procedures approved by it and acceptable to the Bank and the Issuing
Bank, provided
that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or
communications.
(ii) Unless
the Bank otherwise prescribes, (x) notices and other communications sent to
an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an
acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return
receipt
requested”
function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such
notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of
the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at
the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and
(y) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website
shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at
its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (x) of notification
that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website
address therefor.
11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative
Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising,
on the part of the Bank, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise
of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege.
11.04 Costs and
Expenses. The Borrower shall, whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be consummated:
(a) pay
or reimburse the Bank within five (5) Business Days after demand (or on the
Effective Date to the extent provided in Section 5.01(d)) for
all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in
connection with the development, preparation, delivery, administration and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to, this
Agreement, any other Loan Document and any other documents prepared in
connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred by
the Bank with respect thereto; and
(b) pay
or reimburse the Bank within five (5) Business Days after demand for all
reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with
the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or
remedies (including in connection with any “workout” or restructuring regarding
the Obligations) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including
reasonable counsel fees (including the allocated cost of staff counsel) incurred
by the Bank.
11.05 Indemnities. Whether
or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated:
(a) The
Borrower shall pay, indemnify, and hold the Bank, the Issuing Bank and their
Affiliates and each of their officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents,
attorneys, advisors and other authorized representatives (each, an “Indemnified Person”)
harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable counsel fees, including the allocated cost
of staff counsel) of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the
execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this
Agreement and any other Loan Document, and the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby, and with respect to any investigation, litigation or
proceeding
related to this Agreement or the Letters of Credit, or the use of the proceeds
thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the
foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified
Liabilities”); provided, the
Borrower shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with
respect to any Indemnified Liability to the extent that such Indemnified
Liability is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent
jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
such Indemnified Person.
(b) The
obligations in this Section 11.05 shall
survive payment of all other Obligations. At the election of the
Borrower, the Borrower shall defend such Indemnified Person using legal counsel
satisfactory to such Indemnified Person in such Person’s sole discretion, at the
sole cost and expense of the Borrower, provided that no
conflict between the interests of the Bank and the Borrower exists with respect
to the Indemnified Liabilities, and provided, further that the
Borrower may not settle any Indemnified Liability without the consent of such
Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
Borrower agrees that such Indemnified Person may withhold such consent if such
settlement (i) does not include an unconditional release of such Indemnified
Person from all liability or claims that are the subject of such Indemnified
Liability, and (ii) includes any statement as to any admission). All
amounts owing under this Section 11.05 shall
be paid within 30 days after demand.
(c) If
any sum due from a Credit Party under this Agreement or another Loan Document or
under any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto or thereto has to
be converted from the currency (the “first currency”) in which the same is
payable hereunder or thereunder or under such order or judgment into another
currency (the “second currency”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim
or proof against such Credit Party with any Governmental Authority or in any
court or tribunal or (ii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in
relation hereto, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the
Persons to whom such sum is due from and against any loss actually suffered as a
result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used to convert the
amount in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the
rate or rates of exchange at which such Person, acting in good faith in a
commercially reasonable manner, purchased the first currency with the second
currency after receipt of a sum paid to it in the second currency in
satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or
proof. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate obligation
of each Credit Party distinct from its other obligations hereunder and shall
survive the giving or making of any judgment or order in relation to all or any
of such other obligations.
11.06 Successors and
Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor may
assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without
the prior written consent of the Bank and any assignment by the Bank must be in
compliance with Section
11.07.
11.07 Assignments. The
Bank may at any time assign and delegate all, or any ratable part of all, of the
Letters of Credit, the Commitment and the other rights and obligations of the
Bank hereunder to one or more of the following Persons (each a “Permitted Assignee”): (i)
one or more of its Affiliates, including without limitation, any Subsidiary of
The Royal Bank of Scotland which succeeds to the business of the Bank, without
restriction, and (ii) any Financial Institution, provided that (A) unless an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Financial Institution
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (such acceptance not to be
unreasonably delayed), and (B) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing for at least thirty (30) days thereafter, no Financial Institution
shall be a Person commonly known as a vulture or distressed debt purchaser;
provided, however, that the
Borrower may continue to deal solely and directly with the Bank in connection
with the interest so assigned to a Permitted Assignee until written notice of
such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses and related
information with respect to the Permitted Assignee, shall have been given to the
Borrower by the Bank and the Permitted Assignee. Nothing herein shall
restrict or require the consent of any Person to the pledge by the Bank of all
or any portion of its rights and interests hereunder or any Loan Document to any
Federal Reserve Bank, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge in
any manner permitted by applicable law.
11.08 Confidentiality. The
Bank agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due care to
maintain the confidentiality of all non-public information provided to it by any
Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, in connection
with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and neither it nor any of its
Affiliates shall use any such information for any purpose or in any manner other
than pursuant to the terms contemplated by this Agreement, except to the extent
such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than
as a result of a disclosure by the Bank, or (ii) was or becomes available on a
non-confidential basis from a source other than a Guarantor or the Borrower,
provided that
such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with such Guarantor or
the Borrower to the knowledge of the Bank; provided further,
however that
the Bank may disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any
requirement of any Governmental Authority to which the Bank is subject or in
connection with an examination of the Bank by any such authority; (B) pursuant
to subpoena or other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance
with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; and (D) to the Bank’s
independent auditors and other professional advisors. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Borrower and the Guarantors authorize the Bank to
disclose to any Permitted Assignee, and to any prospective Assignee, such
financial and other information in the Bank’s possession concerning the
Guarantors, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries which has been
delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement or which has been delivered to
the Bank by a Guarantor, the Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries
in connection with the Bank’s credit evaluation of the Guarantors and the
Borrower prior to entering into, or upon review or renewal of, this Agreement;
provided that,
unless otherwise agreed by the Guarantors and the Borrower, such Permitted
Assignee or prospective Permitted Assignee agrees in writing to the Bank to keep
such information confidential to the same extent required of the Bank
hereunder.
11.09 Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement in any
number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed,
shall
be deemed
an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to
constitute but one and the same instrument.
11.10 Severability. The
illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any
instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair
the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or
any instrument or agreement required hereunder.
11.11 Governing Law and
Jurisdiction.
(a) THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF
(OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW).
(b) ANY
LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE
COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE
IN PERSONAM
JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON
THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL
SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY
OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW OR BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL TO SUCH
PARTY’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES PURSUANT TO SECTION
11.02.
11.12 Waiver of Jury
Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL
BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED
TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE
BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH
RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A
COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE
PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY ARE WAIVED
BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION 11.12 AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER
PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS
AGREEMENT
OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS
WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.
11.13 Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Loan
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Borrower,
the Guarantors and the Bank, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
agreements and understandings of such Persons, oral or written, relating to the
subject matter hereof and thereof, except that (i) the SELOC Facility shall
continue in effect pursuant to its terms until August 18, 2008,
and (ii) that certain Fee Letter dated May 27, 2008 shall not be
affected in any way by this Agreement.
11.14 USA Patriot
Act. The Bank hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to
the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of
Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), it is required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which
information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information
that will allow the Bank to identify the Borrower in accordance with said
Act.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Letter of Credit Agreement
to be duly executed and delivered in New York by their proper and duly
authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
BORROWER
THE
BRINK’S COMPANY,
a
Virginia corporation
By: /s/ Jonathan A.
Leon
Jonathan A. Leon,
Treasurer
GUARANTORS:
BRINK’S,
INCORPORATED
a
Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Jonathan A.
Leon
Jonathan A. Leon,
Treasurer
PITTSTON
SERVICES GROUP, INC.
a
Virginia corporation
By: /s/ Jonathan A.
Leon
Jonathan A. Leon,
Treasurer
BRINK’S
HOLDING COMPANY
a
Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Jonathan A.
Leon
Jonathan A. Leon,
Treasurer
BRINK’S
HOME SECURITY, INC.
a
Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Frank T.
Lennon
Frank T. Lennon, Vice
President
BANK
ABN AMRO
BANK N.V.
By: /s/ Donald
Sutton
Name:
Donald Sutton
Title:
Managing Director
By: /s/ David
Carroll
Name:
David Carroll
Title:
Director
exhibit_10-2.htm
EXHIBIT
10.2
The
Brink's Company
Richmond,
Virginia
Key
Employees' Deferred
Compensation
Program
as
Amended and Restated as of July 11, 2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Page
&
#160;
PREAMBLE <
/font>
|
1
|
ARTICLE
I Definitions
|
3
|
ARTICLE
II Administration
|
9
|
ARTICLE
III Deferral of Cash Incentive
Payments
|
9
|
SECTION
1.Definitions
|
9
|
SECTION
2.Eligibility
|
10
|
SECTION
3.Deferral of Cash Incentive
Payments
|
10
|
SECTION
4.Matching Incentive
Contributions
|
11
|
SECTION
5.Irrevocability of
Election
|
11
|
SECTION
6.Conversion of New Deferrals and Matching Incentive Contributions to
Brink's Units
|
11
|
SECTION
7.Conversion of Existing Incentive Accounts to Brink's
Units
|
12
|
SECTION
8. Adjustments
|
13
|
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions
|
13
|
SECTION
10. Allocation of Units as of July 1,
1994
|
13
|
SECTION
11.Minimum
Distribution
|
13
|
SECTION
12. Adjustment to Units in Connection with
Distribution
|
14
|
ARTICLE
IV Deferral of
Salary
|
14
|
SECTION
1. Definitions
|
14
|
SECTION
2. Eligibility
|
15
|
SECTION
3.Deferral of
Salary
|
15
|
SECTION
4.Matching Salary
Contributions
|
16
|
SECTION
5. Irrevocability of
Election
|
16
|
SECTION
6. Conversion of New Deferrals and Matching Salary
Contributions to Brink’s Units
|
17
|
SECTION
7. Conversion of Existing Incentive Accounts to Brink’s
Units
|
19
|
SECTION
8. Adjustments
|
20
|
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions
|
20
|
SECTION
10. Minimum
Distribution
|
20
|
SECTION
11. Adjustments to Units in Connection with
Distribution
|
21
|
ARTICLE
V Suplemental Savings
Plan
|
21
|
SECTION
1. Definitions
|
21
|
SECTION
2. Eligibility
|
22
|
SECTION
3. Deferral of
Compensation
|
23
|
SECTION
4. Matching
Contributions
|
24
|
SECTION
5. Irrevocability of
Election
|
25
|
SECTION
6. Conversion of New Deferrals and Matching Contributions to
Brink’s Units
|
25
|
SECTION
7. Conversion of Existing Incentive Accounts to Brink’s
Units
|
29
|
SECTION
8. Adjustments
|
29
|
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions
|
29
|
SECTION
10. Adjustment to Units in Connection with
Distribution
|
30
|
ARTICLE
VI Deferral of Performance
Awards
|
30
|
SECTION
1. Definitions
|
30
|
SECTION
2. Eligibility
|
31
|
SECTION
3. Deferral of Cash Performance
Payments
|
31
|
SECTION
4. Irrevocability of
Election
|
31
|
|
SECTION
5. Conversion to
Units
|
32
|
|
SECTION
6. Adjustments
|
32
|
|
SECTION
7. Dividends and
Distributions
|
32
|
|
SECTION
8. Minimum
Distribution
|
33
|
|
SECTION
9. Effective
Date
|
33
|
|
SECTION
10. Adjustment to Units in Connection with
Distribution
|
33
|
|
ARTICLE
VII Distributions
|
34
|
|
SECTION
1. Certain Payments on Termination of
Employment
|
34
|
|
SECTION
2. Payments Attributable to Matching Incentive Contributions
and Matching Salary Contributions on Termination of
Employment
|
35
|
|
SECTION
3. One Time Distribution Under Code Section 409A Transition
Relief
|
36
|
|
ARTICLE
VIII Designation of
Beneficiary
|
36
|
|
ARTICLE
IX Miscellaneous
|
37
|
|
SECTION
1. Nontransferability of
Benefits
|
37
|
|
SECTION
2. Notices
|
38
|
|
SECTION
3. Limitation on Rights of
Employee
|
38
|
|
SECTION
4. No Contract of
Employment
|
38
|
|
SECTION
5. Withholding
|
39
|
|
SECTION
6. Term, Amendment and
Termination
|
39
|
|
Key Employees' Deferred
Compensation Program of
The Brink's
Company
As Amended and
Restated
As of July 11,
2008
PREAMBLE
The Key Employees' Deferred
Compensation Program of The Brink's Company (the "Program"), as amended and
restated as of the Distribution Date, is a continuation and improvement of the
Program as in effect immediately prior to such date. Effective
January 14, 2000, the Program was amended and restated to reflect the exchange
of .4848 of a share of Pittston Brink's Group Common Stock for each outstanding
share of Pittston BAX Group Common Stock and .0817 of a share of Pittston
Brink's Group Common stock for each outstanding share of Pittston Minerals Group
Common Stock. In addition, effective as of January 14, 2000,
participants may defer amounts payable under The Brink's Company Management
Performance Improvement Plan.
The Program continues to provide an
opportunity to certain employees to defer receipt of (a) all or part of
their cash incentive payments awarded under the Key Employees Incentive Plan of
The Brink's Company; (b) up to 50% of their base salary; and (c) any
or all amounts that are prevented from being deferred as a matched contribution
(and the related matching contribution) under The Brink's Company 401(k) Plan as
a result of limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k)(3), 402(g)
and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code").
In order to align the interests of
participants more closely to the long-term interests of The Brink's Company (the
"Company") and its shareholders, effective June 1, 1995, the Program
was
amended
to provide matching contributions with respect to certain cash incentive awards
and salary deferrals and to provide that an amount equivalent to matching
contributions that are not eligible to be made under the Savings Plan as a
result of limitations imposed by Code Section 401(m)(2) shall be allocated
under this Program.
The Program was again amended and
restated effective as of January 19, 1996, to reflect the redesignation of the
Pittston Services Group Common Stock as Brink's Group Common Stock and the
creation of a new class of common stock designated as Pittston BAX Group Common
Stock.
Effective January 1, 2005, the Program
was amended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the Proposed
Treasury Regulations issued thereunder. Effective November 16, 2007,
the Program was further amended to clarify certain provisions in compliance with
Code Section 409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued
thereunder. Each provision and term of the amendment should be
interpreted accordingly, but if any provision or term of such amendment would be
prohibited by or be inconsistent with Code Section 409A, then such provision or
term shall be deemed to be reformed to comply with Code Section 409A without
affecting the remainder of such amendment.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Program
was amended to change the crediting date for Salary, Supplemental Savings, and
Key Employee Incentive Program (KEIP) deferrals and related matching
contributions, as well as for Management Performance Incentive Plan (MPIP)
deferrals under the Program. The Program was also amended to remove
provisions relating to minimum distributions attributable to deferrals elected
for services rendered on or after January 1, 2007.
Effective on the Distribution Date, the
Program was amended to make certain changes in connection with the separation of
Brink's Home Security Holdings, Inc. ("BHS") from the Company pursuant to the
consummation of the distribution, on a pro rata basis, by the
Company to the record holders of the Company of all of the outstanding shares of
BHS common stock owned by the Company on the date of the distribution (the
"Distribution").
The Program is an unfunded plan
maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a
select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning
of Section 201(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended.
ARTICLE
I
Definitions
Wherever used in the Program, the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
BAX Exchange
Ratio: The ratio whereby .4848 of a share of Brink's Stock
will be exchanged for each outstanding share of BAX Stock on the Exchange
Date.
BAX
Stock: Pittston BAX Group Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share.
BAX
Unit: The equivalent of one share of BAX Stock credited to an
Employee's Incentive Account.
BHS
Program: The Brink's Home Security Holdings, Inc. Key
Employees' Deferred Compensation Program.
BHS
Stock: Brink's Home Security Holdings, Inc. common stock, no
par value.
Board: The
Board of Directors of the Company.
Brink's Adjustment
Ratio: A fraction, the numerator of which is the per share
closing sales price of Brink's Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Transactions Tape
trading
"with due bills" on the Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the
per share closing sales price of Brink's Stock on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transactions Tape trading "ex-dividend" on the Distribution Date or,
if there is no "ex-dividend" market for Brink's Stock on such date, the
difference between (a) the per share closing sales price of Brink's Stock on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape trading "with due bills" on
the Distribution Date and (b) the product of (i) the per share closing sales
price of BHS Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape
trading on a "when issued" basis on the Distribution Date and (ii) the number of
shares of BHS Stock distributed with respect to each share of Brink’s Stock in
the Distribution.
Brink's
Stock: The Brink's Group Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share.
Brink's
Unit: The equivalent of one share of Brink's Stock credited to
an Employee's Incentive Account.
Change in
Control: A Change in Control shall mean the occurrence
of:
(a) (i) any consolidation or merger of
the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation
or pursuant to which the shares of Brink's Stock would be converted into cash,
securities or other property other than a consolidation or merger in which
holders of the total voting power in the election of directors of the Company of
Brink's Stock outstanding (exclusive of shares held by the Company's affiliates)
(the "Total Voting Power") immediately prior to the consolidation or merger will
have the same proportionate ownership of the total voting power in the election
of directors of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or
merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction
or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the
Company; provided, however, that with respect to any
Brink's Units credited to an Employee's Incentive Account as of
November
16, 2007 that are attributable to Matching Incentive Contributions, Matching
Salary Contributions or dividends related thereto, a "Change in Control" shall
be deemed to occur upon the approval of the shareholders of the Company (or if
such approval is not required, the approval of the Board) of any of the transactions
set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sub-paragraph (a);
(b) any "person" (as defined in Section
13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act")) other than
the Company, its affiliates or an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by
the Company or its affiliates, shall become the "beneficial owner" (as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 20% of
the Total Voting Power; or
(c) at any time during a period of two
consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted
the Board shall cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof,
unless the election by the Company's shareholders of each new director during
such two-year period was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the
directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such
two-year period.
Code: The
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Committee: The
Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board, which shall consist of members
of the Board of Directors who qualify as "nonemployee directors" as described in
Rule 16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended.
Company: The
Brink's Company.
Disability: Unless
otherwise required by Code Section 409A and the regulations or guidance
thereunder, an Employee shall be deemed to be disabled if the Employee meets at
least one of the following requirements: (a) the Employee is unable to engage in
any substantial
gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) the Employee is, by reason
of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not
less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of
the Company.
Distribution
Date: The date of the Distribution.
Ex-Dividend
Date: The date immediately following the Distribution
Date.
Employee: Any
resident of the United States of America who is in the employ of the Company or
a Subsidiary whose principal place of business is located in the United States
of America or any other individual designated by the Committee.
Exchange: The
exchange of Brink's Stock for outstanding shares of BAX Stock and Minerals Stock
as of the Exchange Date.
Exchange
Date: January 14, 2000, the date as of which the Exchange
occurred.
Foreign
Subsidiary: Any corporation that is not incorporated in the
United States of America more than 80% of the outstanding voting stock of which
is owned by the Company, by the Company and one or more Subsidiaries and/or
Foreign Subsidiaries or by one or more Subsidiaries and/or Foreign
Subsidiaries.
Incentive
Account: The account maintained by the Company for an Employee
to document the amounts deferred under the Program by such Employee and any
other amounts credited hereunder and the Units into which such amounts shall be
converted. Effective January 1, 2005, the Company shall maintain
a Pre-2005 Incentive Account and a Post-2004 Incentive Account for each Employee
participating in the Program. An Employee's Pre-2005
Incentive
Account shall document the amounts deferred under the Program by the Employee
and any other amounts credited hereunder which are earned and vested prior to
January 1, 2005. An Employee's Post-2004 Incentive Account shall
document the amounts deferred under the Program by the Employee and any other
amounts credited hereunder on and after January 1, 2005, plus any amounts
deferred or credited prior to January 1, 2005, which are not earned or vested as
of December 31, 2004. Effective November 16, 2007, the Company shall
maintain a single Incentive Account for each Employee participating in the
Program and shall cease to maintain a separate Pre-2005 Incentive Account and
Post-2004 Incentive Account for each Employee participating in the
Program.
Minerals Exchange
Ratio: The ratio whereby .0817 of a share of Brink's Stock
will be exchanged for each outstanding share of Minerals Stock on the Exchange
Date.
Minerals
Stock: Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock, par value $1.00
per share.
Minerals
Unit: The equivalent of one share of Minerals Stock credited
to an Employee's Incentive Account.
Program: This
Key Employees' Deferred Compensation Program of The Brink's Company, as in
effect from time to time.
Redesignation: The
redesignation of Services Stock as Brink's Stock and the creation and
distribution of BAX Stock as of January 19, 1996.
Salary: The
base salary paid to an Employee by the Company, a Subsidiary or a Foreign
Subsidiary for personal services determined prior to reduction for any
contribution made on a salary reduction basis; provided, however, that Salary
includes any salary paid to a Transferred Employee by the Company or BHS or any
of its subsidiaries for services rendered on or prior to
the
Distribution Date but does not include any salary paid to a Transferred Employee
by BHS or any of its subsidiaries for services rendered following the
Distribution Date.
Shares: On
and after January 19, 1996, and prior to the Exchange Date, Brink's Stock,
BAX Stock or Minerals Stock, as the case may be and on and after the Exchange
Date, Brink's Stock.
Services
Stock: Pittston Services Group Common Stock, par value $1.00
per share.
Subsidiary: Any
corporation incorporated in the United States of America more than 80% of the
outstanding voting stock of which is owned by the Company, by the Company and
one or more Subsidiaries or by one or more Subsidiaries.
Transferred
Employee: A BHS Employee (as defined in the EMA Agreement) or
Former BHS Employee (as defined in the EMA Agreement).
Unit: On
and after January 19, 1996, and prior to the Exchange Date, a Brink's Unit,
BAX Unit or Minerals Unit, as the case may be and on and after the Exchange
Date, a Brink's Unit.
Year: (a) With
respect to the benefits provided pursuant to Articles III and VI, the
calendar year, and (b) with respect to the benefits provided pursuant to
Articles IV and V, the six-month period from July 1, 1994,
through December 31, 1994, and thereafter, the calendar year; provided, however that if a
newly-hired Employee becomes eligible to participate in the benefits provided
pursuant to Articles IV and/or V, on a day other than the first day of
the Year, the Year for purposes of Articles IV and V shall be the portion
of the calendar year during which the Employee is first eligible to participate
in the benefits provided thereunder.
ARTICLE
II
Administration
The Committee is authorized to construe
the provisions of the Program and to make all determinations in connection with
the administration of the Program including, but not limited to, the Employees
who are eligible to participate in the benefits provided under Articles III
or IV. All such determinations made by the Committee shall be final,
conclusive and binding on all parties, including Employees participating in the
Program. All authority of the Committee provided for in, or pursuant
to, this Program may also be exercised by the Board. In the event of
any conflict or inconsistency between determinations, orders, resolutions or
other actions of the Committee and the Board taken in connection with this
Program, the actions of the Board shall control.
ARTICLE
III
Deferral of Cash Incentive
Payments
SECTION
1. Definitions. Whenever
used in this Article III, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:
Cash Incentive
Payment: A cash incentive payment awarded to an Employee for
any Year under the Incentive Plan. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, effective April 1, 2003, any compensation, bonuses, or
incentive payments approved by the Compensation Committee of The Brink's Company
payable pursuant to The Brink's Company Management Performance Improvement Plan,
and any special recognition bonus payable to any highly compensated employees,
shall be excluded for purposes of defining or determining the Cash Incentive
Payment for which a
Participant
may make an elective deferral, and for which employer contributions are made,
pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
Incentive
Plan: The Key Employees Incentive Plan of The Brink's Company,
as in effect from time to time or any successor thereto.
Matching Incentive
Contributions: Matching contributions allocated to an
Employee's Incentive Account pursuant to Section 4 of this
Article III.
SECTION
2. Eligibility. The
Committee shall designate the key management, professional or technical
Employees who may defer all or part of their Cash Incentive Payments for any
Year pursuant to this Article III.
An Employee designated to participate
in this portion of the Program pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be
eligible to receive a Matching Incentive Contribution for a Year if (a) his
or her Salary (on an annualized basis) as of the preceding December 31 is
at least equal to $160,000 (as adjusted for Years after 1999 to reflect the
limitation in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Year in which
the Employee's election to participate is filed) or (b) he or she is so
designated by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a newly
hired Employee will be eligible to receive a Matching Incentive Contribution for
his or her initial Year of employment if his or her Salary (on an annualized
basis) in effect on his or her first day of employment with the Company or a
Subsidiary will exceed the threshold amount determined pursuant to Code
Section 401(a)(17) for his or her initial Year of employment.
SECTION
3. Deferral
of Cash Incentive Payments. Each Employee whom the Committee
has selected to be eligible to defer a Cash Incentive Payment for any Year
pursuant to this Article III may make an election to defer all or part (in
multiples of 10%) of any Cash Incentive Payment which may be made to him or her
for such Year. Such Employee's election
for any
Year shall be made prior to the beginning of the Year with respect to which the
Cash Incentive Payment is earned; provided, however, that with
respect to the 1995 Year, an Employee who is eligible to receive a Matching
Incentive Contribution pursuant to Section 2 of this Article III may
make such election at any time prior to June 1, 1995, for Cash Incentive
Payments paid for 1995 if he or she (a) has not previously made a deferral
election for 1995 or (b) wishes to increase the percentage of his or her
Cash Incentive Payment to be deferred. An Incentive Account (which
may be the same Incentive Account established pursuant to Articles IV, V
and/or VI) shall be established for each Employee making such election and Units
in respect of such deferred payment shall be credited to such Incentive Account
as provided in Section 6 below.
SECTION
4. Matching
Incentive Contributions. Effective for the 1995 Year, each
Employee who is eligible to receive Matching Incentive Contributions pursuant to
Section 2 of this Article III shall have a Matching Incentive
Contribution allocated to his or her Incentive Account. Such Matching
Incentive Contribution shall be equal to the amount of his or her Cash Incentive
Payment that he or she has elected to defer but not in excess of 10% of his or
her Cash Incentive Payment. The dollar amount of each Employee's
Matching Incentive Contributions shall be credited to his or her Incentive
Account and Units in respect of such amounts shall be credited to such Incentive
Account as provided in Section 6 below.
SECTION
5. Irrevocability of
Election. An election to defer Cash Incentive Payments under
the Program for any Year shall be irrevocable on and after the first day of such
Year.
SECTION
6. Conversion of New Deferrals
and Matching Incentive Contributions to Brink's Units. For
Years after 1999 and through 2006, the amount of an Employee's deferred Cash
Incentive Payment (and related Matching Incentive Contributions) for any Year
shall be converted to Brink's Units and shall be credited to such Employee's
Incentive Account as of the
January 1
next following the Year in respect of which the Cash Incentive Payment was
made. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Units so
credited shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount of the deferred
Cash Incentive Payment and related Matching Incentive Contributions credited to
the Employee's Incentive Account for such Year by the average of the high and
low per share quoted sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on each trading day
during the month of December of the Year immediately prior to the crediting of
Units.
For Cash Incentive Payments paid in
Years after 2007, the amount of an Employee's deferred Cash Incentive Payment
(and related Matching Incentive Contributions) for any Year shall be converted
to Brink's Units and shall be credited to such Employee's Incentive Account as
of the first business day of the month in which the Cash Incentive Payment was
made. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Units so
credited shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount of the deferred
Cash Incentive Payment and related Matching Incentive Contributions credited to
the Employee's Incentive Account for such Year by the average of the high and
low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the New York
Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on each trading day during the
calendar month immediately preceding the date the deferred Cash Incentive
Payment is credited.
SECTION
7. Conversion of Existing
Incentive Accounts to Brink's Units. As of the Exchange Date,
all BAX Units and Minerals Units in an Employee's Incentive Account attributable
to Cash Incentive Payments (and related Matching Incentive Contributions) shall
be converted into Brink's Units by multiplying the number of BAX Units and
Minerals Units in the Employee's
Incentive Account by the BAX Exchange Ratio or the Minerals Exchange Ratio,
respectively.
SECTION
8. Adjustments. The
Committee shall determine such equitable adjustments in the Units credited to
each Incentive Account as may be appropriate to reflect any stock split, stock
dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination,
or exchange of shares, split-up, split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other
similar change in capitalization or any distribution to common shareholders
other than cash dividends.
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions. Whenever a cash dividend or any other
distribution is paid with respect to shares of Brink's Stock, the Incentive
Account of each Employee will be credited with an additional number of Brink's
Units, equal to the number of shares of Brink's Stock including fractional
shares (computed to the second decimal place), that could have been purchased
had such dividend or other distribution been paid to the Incentive Account on
the payment date for such dividend or distribution based on the number of shares
represented by Units in such Incentive Account as of such date and assuming the
amount of such dividend or value of such distribution had been used to acquire
additional Brink's Units. Such additional Brink's Units shall be
deemed to be purchased at the average of the high and low per share quoted sale
prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transaction Tape on the payment date for the dividend or other
distribution. The value of any distribution in property will be
determined by the Committee.
SECTION
10. Allocation of Units as of
July 1, 1994. As of July 1, 1994, the number of
Units credited to an Employee's Incentive Account shall be equal to the number
of Units credited to his or her Incentive Account as of June 30, 1994,
under the Key Employees Deferred Payment Program of The Brink's
Company.
SECTION
11. Minimum
Distribution. Distributions shall be made in accordance with
Article VII; provided, however, that the
aggregate value of the Brink's Stock and cash distributed
to an
Employee (and his or her beneficiaries) in respect of all Units standing to his
or her credit in his or her Incentive Account attributable to deferrals of Cash
Incentive Payments otherwise payable in respect to services rendered prior to
January 1, 2007 (including dividends relating to such Units but not Matching
Incentive Contributions) shall not be less than the aggregate amount of Cash
Incentive Payments and dividends (credited to his or her Incentive Account
pursuant to Section 9) in respect of which such Units were initially so
credited. The value of the Brink's Stock, so distributed shall be
considered equal to the average of the high and low per share quoted sale prices
of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Transaction Tape for the last trading day of the month preceding the month of
distribution.
SECTION
12. Adjustment to Units in
Connection with Distribution. As of the Ex-Dividend Date, (a)
the number of Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Employee other
than a Transferred Employee (including any Units credited on such date other
than pursuant to this Section 12) shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of
Units in such Employee's Incentive Account by the Brink's Adjustment Ratio and
(b) all Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Transferred Employee
(including any Units credited on such date) shall cease to remain
outstanding.
ARTICLE
IV
Deferral of
Salary
SECTION
1. Definitions. Wherever
used in this Article IV, the following term shall have the meaning
indicated:
Matching Salary
Contributions: Matching contributions allocated to an
Employee's Incentive Account pursuant to Section 4 of this
Article IV.
SECTION
2. Eligibility. An
Employee may participate in the benefits provided pursuant to this
Article IV for any Year if (a) his or her Salary (on an annualized
basis) as of the preceding December 31 is at least equal to $160,000 (as
adjusted for Years after 1999 to reflect the limitation in effect under Code
Section 401(a)(17) for the Year in which the Employee's election to
participate is filed) or (b) he or she is designated by the Committee as
eligible to participate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a newly hired
Employee will be eligible to defer a portion of his or her Salary during his or
her initial Year of employment if his or her Salary (on an annualized basis) in
effect on his or her first day of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary
will exceed the threshold amount determined pursuant to Code
Section 401(a)(17) for his or her initial Year of employment.
Except as otherwise provided by the
Committee, an Employee who is eligible to defer a portion of his or her Salary
shall continue to be so eligible unless his or her Salary for any Year (on an
annualized basis) is less than $150,000, in which case he or she shall be
ineligible to participate in the benefits provided under this Article IV
until his or her Salary again exceeds the threshold amount determined pursuant
to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Year prior to the Year of
participation.
SECTION
3. Deferral
of Salary. Each Employee who is eligible to defer Salary for
any Year pursuant to this Article IV may elect to defer up to 50% (in multiples
of 5%) of his or her Salary for such Year; provided, however, that in the
case of a newly hired Employee who is eligible to participate for his or her
initial Year of employment, only up to 50% of Salary earned after he or she
files a deferral election with the Committee may be deferred. Such
Employee's
initial
election hereunder for any Year shall be made prior to the later of (1) the
first day of such Year or (2) the expiration of the 30 day period following (and
including) his or her initial date of
employment;
provided, however, that with
respect to the 1995 Year, an eligible Employee may make such election at any
time prior to June 1, 1995, if he (a) has not previously made a
deferral election under this Article IV for 1995 or (b) wishes to
increase the percentage of his or her Salary to be deferred for
1995. Such election under (a) or (b) shall apply only to Salary
earned after June 1, 1995. An election to defer Salary shall
remain in effect for subsequent Years unless and until a new election is filed
with the Committee by the December 31 preceding the Year for which the new
election is to be effective. An Incentive Account (which may be the
same Incentive Account established pursuant to Articles III, V
and/or VI) shall be established for each Employee making such election and
such Incentive Account shall be credited as of the last day of each month with
the dollar amount of deferred Salary for such month pursuant to such
election. Units in respect of such amounts shall be credited to such
Incentive Account as provided in Section 6 below.
SECTION
4. Matching
Salary Contributions. Effective June 1, 1995, each
Employee who has deferred a percentage of his or her Salary for a Year pursuant
to Section 2 of this Article IV shall have Matching Salary
Contributions allocated to his or her Incentive Account. Such
Matching Salary Contributions shall be equal to 100% of the first 10% of his or
her Salary that he or she has elected to defer for the Year (earned after
June 1, 1995, for the 1995 Year). The dollar amount of each
Employee's Matching Salary Contributions credited to his or her Incentive
Account and Units in respect of such amounts shall be credited to such Incentive
Account as provided in Section 6 below.
SECTION 5. Irrevocability of
Election. An election to defer Salary under the Program for any Year
shall be irrevocable (a) on and after the first day of such Year or (b) in the
case of an
election
made by a newly hired Employee for his or her initial Year of
employment, after the date such an election is made.
SECTION
6. Conversion of New Deferrals
and Matching Salary Contributions to Brink's Units. For Years
after 2006, the amount of an Employee's deferred Salary (and related Matching
Salary Contributions) for any Year shall be converted to Brink's Units and shall
be credited to such Employee's Incentive Account as of the first business day of
the month next following the month in which such Salary was
earned. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Units so
credited shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount of all such
deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary Contributions) credited to his or
her Incentive Account for such month by the average of the high and low per
share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during the calendar
month immediately preceding the crediting of such Units; provided, however, that for any
calendar month in which "due bills" trading of Brink's Stock occurs prior to the
month that includes the Ex-Dividend Date, the number (computed to the second
decimal place) of Units so credited shall be determined by dividing the
aggregate amount of all such deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary
Contributions) credited to his or her Incentive Account for such month by the
average of the high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock
trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than "ex-dividend") as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each
trading day during such month; provided further, however, that for the
calendar month in which the Ex-Dividend Date occurs, the number (computed to the
second decimal place) of Units so credited shall be determined by adding
the
sum of
(a) the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the aggregate amount
of all such deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary Contributions) credited
to his or her Incentive
Account
for the portion of such month prior to the Ex-Dividend Date by the average of
the high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock trading
"regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than "ex-dividend") as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during
such portion of such month and (ii) the Brink's Adjustment Ratio and (b) the
quotient determined by dividing the aggregate amount of all such deferred Salary
(and related Matching Salary Contributions) credited to his or her Incentive
Account for the portion of the month on and following the Ex-Dividend Date by
the average of the high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock
as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each
trading day during such portion of such month.
Upon the Employee's termination of
employment, any cash amounts not converted into Units credited to his or her
Incentive Account shall be converted into Brink's Units in the manner described
in this Section 6 based on the reported sales prices (including any sale prices
determined on a when issued basis) of Brink's Stock as reported on the New York
Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during the
portion of the month preceding the date of termination; provided, however, that if "due
bills" trading occurs in the portion of the month preceding the date
of termination, but the Ex-Dividend Date does not occur in such portion of such
month, any such cash amounts shall be converted into Brink's Units in the manner
described in this Section 6 based on the reported sale prices of Brink's Stock
trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than "ex-dividend"), as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each
trading day during such portion of such month; provided
further, however, that if the
Ex-Dividend Date occurs in the portion of the month preceding the date of
termination, any such cash amounts shall be converted into Brink's Units by
adding the sum of (a) the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the
aggregate amount
of all
such deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary Contributions) credited to his
or her Incentive Account for the portion of such month prior to the Ex-Dividend
Date by the average of the high and low per share reported sale prices of
Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than
"ex-dividend") as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction
Tape for each trading day during such portion of such month and (ii) the Brink's
Adjustment Ratio and (b) the quotient determined by dividing the aggregate
amount of all such deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary Contributions)
credited to his or her Incentive Account for the portion of the month on and
following the Ex-Dividend Date (and preceding the date of termination) by the
average of the high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each
trading day during such portion of such month.
As of the Ex-Dividend Date, any cash
amounts not converted into Units credited to a Transferred Employee's Incentive
Account shall be converted into Brink's Units in the manner described in this
Section 6 based on the average of the high and low per share reported sale
prices of Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than
"ex-dividend") as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction
Tape for each trading day during the portion of the month that includes the
Ex-Dividend Date preceding the Ex-Dividend Date.
SECTION
7. Conversion of Existing
Incentive Accounts to Brink's Units. As of the Exchange Date,
all BAX Units and Minerals Units in an Employee's Incentive Account attributable
to deferred salary (and related Matching Salary Contributions) shall be
converted into
Brink's
Units by multiplying the number of BAX Units and Minerals Units in the
Employee's Incentive Account by the BAX Exchange Ratio or the Minerals Exchange
Ratio, respectively.
SECTION
8. Adjustments. The
Committee shall determine such equitable adjustments in the Units credited to
each Incentive Account as may be appropriate to reflect any stock split, stock
dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination,
or exchange of shares, split-up, split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other
similar change in capitalization or any distribution to common shareholders
other than cash dividends.
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions. Whenever a cash dividend or any other
distribution is paid with respect to shares of Brink's Stock, the Incentive
Account of each Employee will be credited with an additional number of Brink's
Units equal to the number of shares of Brink's Stock, including fractional
shares (computed to the second decimal place), that could have been purchased
had such dividend or other distribution been paid to the Incentive Account on
the payment date for such dividend or distribution based on the number of shares
represented by the Units in such Incentive Account as of such date and assuming
the amount of such dividend or value of such distribution had been used to
acquire additional Brink's Units. Such additional Brink's Units shall
be deemed to be purchased at the average of the high and low per share quoted
sale prices of Brink's Stock, as the case may be, as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on the payment date for
the dividend or other distribution. The value of any distribution in
property will be determined by the Committee.
SECTION
10. Minimum
Distribution. Distributions shall be made in accordance with
Article VII; provided, however, the
aggregate value of the Brink's Stock and cash distributed to an Employee (and
his or her beneficiaries) in respect of all Units standing to his or her credit
in his or
her Incentive Account attributable to the deferral of Salary otherwise payable
for services rendered prior to January 1, 2007 (including dividends relating to
such Units but not Matching Salary Contributions) shall not be less than the
aggregate amount of Salary and dividends in
respect
of which Units were initially so credited. The value of the Brink's
Stock so distributed shall be considered equal to the average of the high and
low per share quoted sale prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for the last trading day
of the month preceding the month of distribution.
SECTION
11. Adjustment to Units in
Connection with Distribution. As of the Ex-Dividend Date, (a)
the number of Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Employee other
than a Transferred Employee (including any Units credited on such date other
than pursuant to this Section 11) shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of
Units in such Employee's Incentive Account by the Brink's Adjustment Ratio and
(b) all Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Transferred Employee
(including any Units credited on such date, including any Units credited
pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 6 of this Article IV) shall cease to
remain outstanding.
ARTICLE
V
Supplemental Savings
Plan
SECTION
1. Definitions. Whenever
used in this Article V, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:
Compensation: The
regular wages received during any pay period by an Employee while a participant
in the Savings Plan for services rendered to the Company or any Subsidiary that
participates in the Savings Plan, including any commissions or bonuses, but
excluding any overtime or premium pay, living or other expense
allowances,
or
contributions by the Company or such Subsidiaries to any plan of deferred
compensation, and determined without regard to the application of any salary
reduction election under the Savings Plan. Bonuses paid pursuant to
the Incentive Plan shall be
considered
received in the Year in which they are payable whether or not such bonus is
deferred pursuant to Article III hereof. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Compensation includes any such wages paid to a Transferred Employee
by the Company or BHS or any of its subsidiaries for services rendered on or
prior to the Distribution Date but does not include any such wages paid to a
Transferred Employee by BHS or any of its subsidiaries for services rendered
following the Distribution Date.
Incentive
Plan: The Key Employees Incentive Plan of The Brink's Company,
as in effect from time to time or any successor thereto.
Matching
Contributions: Amounts allocated to an Employee's Incentive
Account pursuant to Section 4 of this Article V.
Savings
Plan: The Brink's Company 401(k) Plan, as in effect from time
to time, or the Brink's Home Security Holdings, Inc. 401(k) Plan, as in effect
from time to time.
SECTION
2. Eligibility. An
Employee may participate in the benefits provided pursuant to this
Article V for any Year if his or her Salary (on an annualized basis) as of
the preceding December 31 is at least equal to $160,000 (as adjusted for
Years after 1999 to reflect the limitation in effect under Code
Section 401(a)(17) for the Year in which the Employee's election to
participate is filed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a newly hired
Employee is eligible to participate in the benefits provided pursuant to this
Article V if his or her Salary (on an annualized basis) in effect on his or
her first day of employment with the Company or a Subsidiary
will exceed the threshold amount determined pursuant to Code
Section 401(a)(17) for his or her initial Year of employment.
Except as otherwise provided by
the Committee, an Employee who is eligible to participate in the benefits
provided pursuant to this Article V shall continue to be so
eligible
unless
his or her Salary for any Year is less than $150,000, in which case he or she
shall be ineligible to participate in the benefits provided under this
Article V until his or her Salary again exceeds the threshold amount
determined pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Year prior to the
Year of participation.
SECTION
3. Deferral
of Compensation. Effective July 1, 1994, each Employee
who is not permitted to defer the maximum percentage of his or her Compensation
that may be contributed as a matched contribution under the Savings Plan for any
Year as a result of limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k)(3),
402(g) and/or 415 of the Code may elect to defer all or part of the excess of
(a) such maximum percentage (five percent for 1994) of his or her
Compensation for such Year (without regard to any limitation on such amount
imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17)) over (b) the amount actually
contributed on his or her behalf under the Savings Plan for such Year as a
matched contribution; provided, however, that with
respect to the 1994 Year, only Compensation paid after July 1, 1994, may be
deferred. In order to be permitted to defer any portion of his or her
Compensation pursuant to this Section 3 of Article V, the Employee
must elect to defer the maximum amount permitted as a matched contribution for
the Year under the Savings Plan. Such Employee's initial election
hereunder for any Year shall be made prior to the first day of such Year or, if
later, within 30 days after his or her initial date of employment but only with
respect to Compensation for services performed after the date of such
election. Such election shall remain in effect for subsequent Years
unless and until a new election
is filed with the Committee by the December 31 preceding the Year for which
the new election is to be effective. An Incentive Account (which may
be the same Incentive Account established pursuant to Article III, IV
and/or VI) shall be established for each Employee making such election and such
Incentive Account shall be credited as of the last day of each month with
the
dollar amount of the Compensation deferred for such month pursuant to such
election; provided, however, that in the
event an Employee is not permitted to defer the maximum percentage of his or her
Compensation that may be contributed as a matched contribution under the Savings
Plan for any year as a result of the limitation imposed by Code
Section 401(k)(3), such excess contribution shall be distributed to the
Employee, his or her Compensation paid after the date of the distribution shall
be reduced by that amount and such amount shall be allocated to his or her
Incentive Account as of the January 1 next following the Year for which the
excess contribution was made under the Savings Plan. Units in respect
of such amounts shall be credited to such Incentive Account as provided in
Section 6 below.
SECTION
4. Matching
Contributions. Each Employee who elects to defer a portion of
his or her Compensation for a Year pursuant to Section 3 of this
Article V shall have a Matching Contribution allocated to his or her
Incentive Account equal to the rate of matching contributions in effect for such
Employee under the Savings Plan for such Year multiplied by the amount elected
to be deferred pursuant to Section 3 above for each month in such
Year. The dollar amount of each Employee's Matching Contribution for
each month shall be credited to his or her Incentive Account pursuant to Section
6 below.
Subject to the approval of the
shareholders of the Company at the 1995 annual meeting, if an
Employee is participating in this portion of the Program pursuant to
Section 2 of this Article V and his or her matching contribution under the
Savings Plan for 1994 or any later year will be reduced
as a result of the nondiscrimination test contained in Code
Section 401(m)(2), (a) to the extent such matching contribution is
forfeitable, it shall be forfeited and that amount shall be allocated to his or
her Incentive Account as a Matching Contribution or (b) to the extent such
matching contribution is not forfeitable, it shall be distributed to the
Employee, his or her
Compensation
paid after the date of the distribution shall be reduced by that amount and such
amount shall be allocated to his or her Incentive Account as a Matching
Contribution. The dollar amount of such Matching Contribution shall
be allocated to each Employee's Incentive Account as of the January 1 next
following the Year for which the matching contribution was made under the
Savings Plan. Units in respect of such contribution shall be credited
to the Employee's Incentive Account as provided in Section 6
below.
SECTION
5. Irrevocability of
Election. An election to defer amounts under the Program for any
Year shall be irrevocable (a) on and after the first day of such Year or (b) in
the case of an election made by a newly hired Employee for his or her initial
Year of employment, after the date such an election is made.
SECTION
6. Conversion of New Deferrals
and Matching Contributions to Brink's Units. The amount of an
Employee's deferred Compensation and Matching Contributions for any Year shall
be converted to Brink's Units and shall be credited to such Employee's Incentive
Account as of the first business day of the month next following the month in
which such Compensation was earned or for which the Matching Contribution was
made. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Units so
credited shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount of all such
amounts credited to the Employee's Incentive Account for such month attributable
to (a) the deferral of amounts awarded under the Incentive Plan (including
related Matching Contributions) by the average of the high and low per share
reported sale prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on each trading day during the calendar
month immediately preceding the crediting of such Units, (b) Compensation and
Matching Contributions allocated to the Employee's Incentive Account as a result
of failing to satisfy the tests included in Code Sections 401(k)(3) or 401(m)(2)
under the Savings Plan, by the
average
of the high and low per share reported sales prices of Brink's Stock, as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on each
trading day during the calendar month immediately preceding the month in which
such Units are credited to the Employee's Incentive Account (which shall be the
first business day of the month following the date that the Company has been
notified of the failure to satisfy such tests) and (c) the deferral of all other
Compensation (including related Matching Contributions) by the average of the
high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape (i) on each trading day
during the period commencing on the first business day of the month after the
Employee's salary (as such term is defined in the Savings Plan) equals the
maximum amount of considered compensation for such Year pursuant to Code Section
401(a)(17) and ending the last business day of such month and each month
thereafter until December 31 or (ii) in the event the Employee's salary equals
the maximum amount of considered compensation in December, on the first trading
day in the following January; provided, however, that with
respect to any number of Units so credited that would otherwise be determined
pursuant to the preceding clause (a), (b) or (c) based on the average of the
high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during a
month or portion of a month in which "due bills" trading of Brink's Stock occurs
prior to the month that includes the Ex-Dividend Date, the number (computed to
the second decimal place) of Units so credited shall be determined in the same
manner as described in the applicable clause but instead based on the average of
the high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock trading
"regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than "ex dividend") as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during
such month or portion of such month; provided
further, however, that with
respect to any number of Units so credited that would otherwise be determined
pursuant to the preceding clause (a), (b) or (c) based on the average of the
high and low per share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during
the month or a portion of the month that includes the Ex-Dividend Date, the
number of Units so credited shall be determined in the same manner described in
the applicable clause but instead based on the average of the high and low per
share reported sale prices of Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due
bills" (rather than "ex-dividend") as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during such month or portion of
such month prior to the Ex-Dividend Date, with respect to deferred Compensation
and Matching Contributions for the portion of such month prior to the
Ex-Dividend Date, with the number of Units so determined adjusted by the Brink's
Adjustment Ratio, and based on the average of the high and low per share
reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during such month or such
portion of such month on and following the Ex-Dividend Date, with respect to
deferred Compensation and Matching Contributions for the portion of such month
on and following the Ex-Dividend Date.
Upon the Employee's termination of
employment, any cash amounts not converted into Units credited to his or her
Incentive Account shall be converted into Brink's Units in the manner described
in this Section 6 based on the reported sale prices (including any sale prices
determined on a when issued basis) of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York
Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during the
portion of the month preceding the date of termination; provided, however, that if "due
bills" trading occurs in the portion of the month preceding the date
of termination, but the Ex-Dividend Date does not occur in such
portion
of such month, any such cash amounts shall be converted into Brink's Units in
the manner described in this Section 6 based on the reported sale prices of
Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than
"ex-dividend"), as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction
Tape for each trading day during such portion of such month; provided further, however, that if the
Ex-Dividend Date occurs in the portion of the month preceding the date of
termination, any such cash amounts shall be converted into Brink's Units by
adding the sum of (a) the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing the
aggregate amount of all such deferred Salary (and related Matching Salary
Contributions) credited to his or her Incentive Account for the portion of such
month prior to the Ex-Dividend Date by the average of the high and low per share
reported sale prices of Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due bills"
(rather than "ex-dividend") as reported
on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during
such portion of such month and (ii) the Brink's Adjustment Ratio and (b) the
quotient determined by dividing the aggregate amount of all such deferred Salary
(and related Matching Salary Contributions) credited to his or her Incentive
Account for the portion of the month on and following the Ex-Dividend Date (and
preceding the date of termination) by the average of the high and low per share
reported sale prices of Brink's Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Transaction Tape for each trading day during such portion of such
month.
As of the Ex-Dividend Date, any cash
amounts not converted into Units credited to a Transferred Employee's Incentive
Account shall be converted into Brink's Units in the manner described in this
Section 6 based on the average of the high and low per share reported sale
prices of Brink's Stock trading "regular way" or "with due bills" (rather than
"ex-dividend") as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction
Tape for each trading day during the portion of the month that includes the
Ex-Dividend Date preceding the Ex-Dividend Date.
SECTION
7. Conversion of Existing
Incentive Accounts to Brink's Units. As of the Exchange Date,
all BAX Units and Minerals Units in an Employee's Incentive Account attributable
to Compensation deferred pursuant to this Article V (and related Matching
Contributions) shall be converted into Brink's Units by multiplying the number
of such BAX Units and Minerals Units in the Employee's Incentive Account by the
BAX Exchange Ratio or the Minerals Exchange Ratio, respectively.
SECTION
8. Adjustments. The
Committee shall determine such equitable adjustments in the Units credited to
each Incentive Account as may be appropriate to reflect any stock split, stock
dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination,
or exchange of shares, split-up, split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other
similar change in capitalization or any distribution to common shareholders
other than cash dividends.
SECTION
9. Dividends and
Distributions. Whenever a cash dividend or any other
distribution is paid with respect to shares of Brink's Stock, the Incentive
Account of each Employee will be credited with an additional number of Brink's
Units equal to the number of shares of Brink's Stock, including fractional
shares (computed to the second decimal place), that could have been purchased
had such dividend or other distribution been paid to the Incentive Account on
the payment date for such dividend or distribution based on the number of shares
represented by the Units in such Incentive Account as of such date and assuming
that the amount of such dividend or value of such distribution had been used to
acquire additional Brink's Units of the class giving rise to the dividend or
other distribution. Such additional Brink's Units shall be deemed to
be purchased at the average of the high and low per share quoted sale prices of
Brink's
Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on
the payment date for the dividend or other distribution. The value of
any distribution in property will be determined by the Committee.
SECTION
10. Adjustment to Units in
Connection with Distribution. As of the Ex-Dividend Date, (a)
the number of Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Employee other
than a Transferred Employee (including any Units credited on such date other
than pursuant to this Section 10) shall be adjusted by multiplying the number of
Units in such Employee's Incentive Account by the Brink's Adjustment Ratio and
(b) all Units credited to the Incentive Account of each Transferred Employee
(including any Units credited on such date, including any Units credited
pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 6 of this Article V) shall cease to
remain outstanding.
ARTICLE
VI
Deferral of Performance
Awards
SECTION
1. Definitions. Whenever
used in this Article VI, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:
Cash Performance
Payment: A cash incentive payment due to an Employee in any
Year under the Management Performance Improvement Plan.
Management Performance
Improvement Plan: The Brink's Company Management Performance
Improvement Plan, as in effect from time to time or any successor
thereto.
Performance Measurement
Period: A performance cycle of one or more fiscal Years of the
Company under the Management Performance Improvement Plan.
SECTION
2. Eligibility. Any
Employee who is a participant in the Management Performance Improvement Plan may
elect to defer all or part of his or her Cash Performance Payment payable under
such plan pursuant to this Article VI.
SECTION
3. Deferral
of Cash Performance Payments. Each Employee who is eligible to
defer his or her Cash Performance Payment for any Performance Measurement Period
pursuant to this Article VI may make an election to defer all or part (in
multiples of 10%) of any Cash Performance Payment which may be made to him or
her for such Performance Measurement Period. If the Committee
determines that a Cash Performance Payment relating to any Performance
Measurement Period is "performance-based compensation" under Code Section 409A,
such Employee's election shall be made prior to January 1 of the last Year in
the Performance Measurement Period. If the Committee determines that
a Cash Performance Payment relating to any Performance Measurement Period is not
"performance-based compensation" under Code Section 409A, such Employee's
election shall be made prior to the beginning of the Performance Measurement
Period or by such other time as the Committee determines will satisfy Code
Section 409A and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
An
Incentive Account (which may be the same Incentive Account established pursuant
to Articles III, IV and/or V) shall be established for each Employee making
such election and Units in respect of such deferred payment shall be credited to
such Incentive Account as provided in Section 5 below.
SECTION
4. Irrevocability of
Election. An election to
defer Cash Performance Payments under the Program for any Performance
Measurement Period shall be irrevocable after the last date for making such an
election, as specified in the second or third sentence of Section 3,
above, as applicable.
SECTION
5. Conversion to
Units. The amount of an Employee's deferred Cash Performance
Payment for any Performance Measurement Period shall be converted to Brink's
Units and shall be credited to such Employee's Incentive Account as of the first
business day of the month in which the Cash Performance Payment is
made. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Brink's
Units so credited shall be determined by dividing the aggregate amount of the
deferred Cash Performance Payment credited to the Employee's Incentive Account
for such Performance Measurement Period by the average of the high and low per
share quoted sale prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York
Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on each trading day during the month
preceding the crediting of Units.
SECTION
6. Adjustments. The
Committee shall determine such equitable adjustments in the Units credited to
each Incentive Account as may be appropriate to reflect any stock split, stock
dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination,
or exchange of shares, split-up, split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other
similar change in capitalization or any distribution to common shareholders
other than cash dividends.
SECTION
7. Dividends and
Distributions. Whenever a cash dividend or any other
distribution is paid with respect to shares of Brink's Stock, the Incentive
Account of each Employee will be credited with an additional number of Brink's
Units equal to the number of shares of Brink's Stock, including fractional
shares (computed to the second decimal place), that could have been purchased
had such dividend or other distribution been paid to the Incentive Account on
the payment date for such dividend or distribution based on the number of shares
represented by Units in such Incentive Account as of such date and assuming the
amount of such dividend or value of such distribution had been used to acquire
additional Brink's Units. Such additional Brink's Units shall be
deemed to be purchased at the average of the high and low per
share
quoted sale prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on the payment date for the dividend or
other distribution. The value of any distribution in property will be
determined by the Committee.
SECTION
8. Minimum
Distribution. Distributions shall be made in accordance with
Article VII; provided, however, that the
aggregate value of the Brink's Stock and cash distributed to an Employee (and
his or her beneficiaries) in respect of all Units standing to his or her credit
in his or her Incentive Account attributable to deferrals of Cash Performance
Payments otherwise payable with respect to Performance Measurement Periods
ending prior to January 1, 2007 (including dividends relating to such Units)
shall not be less than the aggregate amount of Cash Performance Payments and
dividends (credited to his or her Incentive Account pursuant to Section 7)
in respect of which such Units were initially so credited. The value
of the Brink's Stock, so distributed shall be considered equal to the average of
the high and low per share quoted sale prices of Brink's Stock, as reported on
the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape for the last trading
day of the month preceding the month of distribution.
SECTION
9. Effective
Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
provisions of this Article VI providing for the deferral of Cash Performance
Payments shall not become effective until May 5, 2000, and only upon approval of
the Management Performance Improvement Plan by the Company's
shareholders.
SECTION
10. Adjustment to Units in
Connection with Distribution. As of the Ex-Dividend Date, (a)
the number of Units credited to the Incentive
Account
of each Employee other than a Transferred Employee (including any Units credited
on such date other than pursuant to this Section 10) shall be adjusted by
multiplying the number of Units in such Employee's Incentive Account by the
Brink's Adjustment Ratio and (b) all Units credited to the Incentive Account of
each Transferred Employee (including any Units credited on such date) shall
cease to remain outstanding.
ARTICLE
VII
Distributions
SECTION
1. Certain
Payments on Termination of Employment. Except as provided in Section
3 of this Article VII, each Employee shall receive a distribution in Brink's
Stock in respect of all Brink's Units standing to the credit of such Employee's
Incentive Account (other than Units attributable to Matching Incentive
Contributions, Matching Salary Contributions and dividends related thereto) as
of the date of the Employee's termination of employment, in a single-lump sum
distribution on the first day that is more than six months after the date of the
Employee's termination of employment; provided, however, that for
purposes of this Article VII, no employee of any Subsidiary shall be considered
to have terminated employment as a result of a spinoff of such Subsidiary from
the Company (including, with respect to employees of BHS and its subsidiaries,
the Distribution), except as may be permitted under Section 409A of the
Code. An Employee may elect, at least 12 months prior to his or her
termination of employment, to receive distribution of the Shares represented by
the Units credited to his or her Incentive Account in equal annual installments
(not more than ten) commencing not earlier than the last day of the sixth month
following the fifth anniversary of the date of his or her termination of
employment (for any reason) or as promptly as practicable
thereafter. Any such election shall become effective on the 12-month
anniversary of the date the election is made.
The number of shares of Brink's Stock
to be included in each installment payment shall be determined by multiplying
the number of Brink's Units in the Employee's Incentive Account, as applicable,
as of the first day of the month preceding the initial installment payment and
as of
each
succeeding anniversary of such date by a fraction, the numerator or which is one
and the denominator of which is the number of remaining installments (including
the current installment).
Any fractional Units shall be converted
to cash based on the average of the high and low per share quoted sale prices of
the Brink's Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
Transaction Tape, on the last trading day of the month preceding the month of
distribution and shall be paid in cash.
SECTION
2. Payments
Attributable to Matching Incentive Contributions and Matching Salary
Contributions on Termination of Employment. In the event of an
Employee’s (a) death, (b) retirement after satisfying the requirements
for early or normal retirement under a pension plan sponsored by the Company or
a Subsidiary in which the Employee participated, (c) Disability or
(d) termination of employment for any reason within three years following a
Change in Control, the Employee shall receive a distribution of Brink's Stock in
respect of all Brink's Units standing to the credit of such Employee's Incentive
Account attributable to Matching Incentive Contributions, Matching Salary
Contributions and dividends related thereto in the same manner as provided in
Section 1 of this Article VII for the distribution of other Units
standing to the credit of such Employee's Incentive Account.
In the event of a termination of
employment for a reason not described in the preceding paragraph, the Employee
shall forfeit the Units in his or her Incentive Account attributable to
Matching
Incentive Contributions, Matching Salary Contributions and dividends related
thereto for the Year in which the termination occurs. Such Employee
shall be vested in the remaining Units standing to the credit of such Employee
in his or her Incentive Account attributable to Matching Incentive
Contributions, Matching Salary Contributions and dividends related thereto in
accordance with the following schedule:
Months of Participation
|
Vested Percentage
|
less
than 36
|
0
|
at
least 36 but less than 48
|
50%
|
at
least 48 but less than 60
|
75%
|
60
or more
|
100%
|
An
Employee shall receive credit for one "month of participation" for each calendar
month during which a deferral election is in effect pursuant to Section 3
of Articles III or IV. Brink's Stock, in respect of the vested
Units standing to the credit of such Employee attributable to Matching Incentive
Contributions, Matching Salary Contributions and dividends related thereto,
shall be distributed in the same manner as provided in Section 1 of this Article
VII for the distribution of other Units standing to the credit of such
Employee's Incentive Account.
SECTION
3. One Time
Distribution Under Code Section 409A Transition
Relief. Pursuant to rules and procedures established by the
Company, a participant under the Program may elect on or before December 31,
2007 to receive on February 15, 2008 a single lump-sum distribution in Brink's
Stock in respect of all vested Brink's Units standing to the credit of his or
her Incentive Account as of December 31, 2007; provided, however, that such
election shall not apply to amounts, if any, that would have otherwise been
distributed to the participant in 2007.
ARTICLE
VIII
Designation of
Beneficiary
An Employee may designate in a written
election filed with the Committee a beneficiary or beneficiaries (which may be
an entity other than a natural person) to receive all distributions and payments
under the Program after the Employee's death. Any such designation
may be
revoked,
and a new election may be made, at any time and from time to time, by the
Employee without the consent of any beneficiary. If the Employee
designates more than one beneficiary, any distributions and payments to such
beneficiaries shall be made in equal percentages unless the Employee has
designated otherwise, in which case the distributions and payments shall be made
in the percentages designated by the Employee. If no beneficiary has
been named by the Employee or no beneficiary survives the Employee, the
remaining Shares (including fractional Shares) in the Employee's Incentive
Account shall be distributed or paid in a single sum to the Employee's
estate. In the event of a beneficiary's death after installment
payments to the beneficiary have commenced, the remaining installments will be
paid to a contingent beneficiary, if any, designated by the Employee or, in the
absence of a surviving contingent beneficiary, the remaining Shares (including
fractional Shares) shall be distributed or paid to the primary beneficiary's
estate in a single distribution. All distributions shall be made in
Shares except that fractional Shares shall be paid in cash.
ARTICLE
IX
Miscellaneous
SECTION
1. Nontransferability of
Benefits. Except as provided in Article VIII, Units
credited to an Incentive Account shall not be transferable by an Employee or
former Employee (or his or her beneficiaries) other than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations
order. No Employee, no person claiming through such Employee, nor any
other person shall have any right or interest under the Program, or in its
continuance, in the payment of any amount or distribution of any Shares under
the Program, unless and until all the provisions of the Program, any
determination made by the Committee thereunder, and any restrictions and
limitations on the payment itself have been fully complied
with. Except as
provided
in this Section 1, no rights under the Program, contingent or otherwise,
shall be transferable, assignable or subject to any pledge or encumbrance of any
nature, nor shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be obligated, except as
otherwise required by law, to recognize or give effect to any such transfer,
assignment, pledge or encumbrance.
SECTION
2. Notices. The
Company may require all elections contemplated by the Program to be made on
forms provided by it. All notices, elections and other communications
pursuant to the Program shall be in writing and shall be effective when received
by the Company at the following address:
The
Brink's Company
1801
Bayberry Court
P. O. Box
18100
Richmond,
VA 23226-8100
Attention
of Vice President -- Human Resources
SECTION
3. Limitation on Rights of
Employee. Nothing in this Program shall be deemed to create,
on the part of any Employee, beneficiary or other person, (a) any interest
of any kind in the assets of the Company or (b) any trust or fiduciary
relationship in relation to the Company. The right of an Employee to
receive any Shares shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general
creditor of the Company.
SECTION
4. No
Contract of Employment. The benefits provided under the
Program for an Employee shall be in addition to, and in no way preclude, other
forms of compensation to or in respect of such Employee. However, the
selection of any Employee for participation in the Program shall not give such
Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for any period. The right of the Company and of each
such Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any Employee for any reason or at
any time is specifically reserved.
SECTION
5. Withholding. All
distributions pursuant to the Program shall be subject to withholding in respect
of income and other taxes required by law to be withheld. The Company
shall establish appropriate procedures to ensure payment or withholding of such
taxes. Such procedures may include arrangements for payment or
withholding of taxes by retaining Shares otherwise issuable in accordance with
the provisions of this Program or by accepting already owned Shares, and by
applying the fair market value of such Shares to the withholding taxes
payable.
SECTION
6. Term,
Amendment and Termination.
(a) Unless
the Company's shareholders approve the extension of this Program, no further
deferral elections may be made under this Program on or after May 4, 2010 and
any existing deferral elections with respect to compensation earned after such
date shall have no further force or effect.
(b) The
Committee may from time to time amend any of the provisions of the Program, or
may at any time terminate the Program. No amendment or termination
shall adversely affect any Units (or distributions in respect thereof) which
shall theretofore have been credited to any Employee's Incentive
Account. On the termination of the Program, distributions from an
Employee's Incentive Account shall be made in compliance with Code Section 409A
and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
exhibit_10-3.htm
EXHIBIT
10.3
Notice
of Grant of Deferred Stock Units Award
Director
|
DSU
Number:
|
«Award_Num»
|
«Full_Name»
|
Plan:
|
«Plan»
|
Effective
July 11, 2008, you have been granted an award of «Shares» deferred stock
units.
Each
deferred stock unit represents a right to a future payment equal to one share of
The Brink’s Company common stock. Such payment will be made in shares
of The Brink’s Company common stock.
Subject
to the provisions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, you shall be entitled to
receive (and the Company shall deliver to you) on the first day that is more
than six months after your termination of service from the Board, the number of
Shares underlying this award.
Additional
terms and conditions applying to this grant are contained on pages two through
four of this Award Agreement as well as within the official Plan
document. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.
By your
signature and the authorized Company signature below and on page four of this
Award Agreement, you and the Company agree that this award is granted under and
governed by the terms and conditions of The Brink’s Company Non-Employee
Directors’ Equity Plan, as well as this Award Agreement, all of which are
incorporated as a part of this document.
|
|
|
The
Brink’s Company
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Date
|
Deferred
Stock Units Award Agreement
AWARD
AGREEMENT dated as of July 11, 2008 between The Brink’s Company, a Virginia
corporation (the “Company”), and the member of the board of directors of the
Company (the “Board”) identified on page one of this Award Agreement (the
“Director”).
By
resolution dated on the date of this Award Agreement, the Board, acting pursuant
to The Brink’s Company Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Plan (the “Plan”), a copy
of which Plan has heretofore been furnished to the Director (who hereby
acknowledges receipt), granted to the Director a deferred stock units award as
set forth on page one of this Award Agreement.
Accordingly,
the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Subject
to all the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Director is granted the
deferred stock units award (the “Award”) as set forth on page one of this Award
Agreement.
2. Subject
to the Director’s satisfaction of vesting conditions described below, (unless
otherwise provided under the terms and conditions of the Plan or this Award
Agreement), the Director shall be entitled to receive (and the Company shall
deliver to the Director) on the first day that is more than six months after the
Director’s termination of service from the Board, the number of Shares
underlying this Award.
3. If
a cash dividend is paid on a Share while the Award remains outstanding, the
Director shall be entitled to receive at the time such cash dividend is paid, a
cash payment in an amount equivalent to the cash dividend on a Share with
respect to each Share covered by the outstanding
Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) the Company consummates
a spin-off transaction of Brink’s Home Security (a “BHS Spin-Off Transaction”)
while the Award remains outstanding and (ii) the BHS Spin-Off Transaction is
achieved by means of a dividend or other distribution with respect to a Share,
the Director shall not be entitled to receive a cash (or stock) payment in an
amount equivalent to such dividend or distribution on Shares covered by the
outstanding Award. However, in the event of a BHS Spin-Off
Transaction and in lieu of a dividend equivalent payment with respect to each
Share covered by the outstanding Award, the Board shall equitably adjust in
accordance with Section 5(d) of the Plan at the time of the BHS Spin-Off
Transaction the number of deferred stock units subject to the outstanding Award;
provided that the Award
is not terminated under the provisions of paragraph 4 below.
4. The
Award shall be fully vested as of the earlier of July 11, 2009 or the Director’s
termination of service as a member of the Board; provided, however, that if
the Director’s service as a member of the Board ceases prior to July 11, 2009 as
a result of the Director’s termination from service on the Board and appointment
or election to the board of directors of the spun-off entity in connection with
the BHS Spin-Off Transaction (any such director, a “Spun-Off Entity Director”),
the Award shall not vest and shall
instead
be cancelled and terminated without consideration as of the date of such
termination from service. Each Spun-Off Entity Director will receive
an equity award of equivalent value in connection with his or her service on the
board of the spun-off entity.
5. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in paragraph 4 above, in the event of the occurrence of
a Change in Control, the Award will fully vest upon the Change in Control (to
the extent not already vested), provided, however, that notwithstanding Section
11(g) of the Plan, the Award will become payable only on the first day that is
more than six months after the Director’s termination of service from the
Board.
6. The
Shares underlying the Award, until and unless delivered to the Director, do not
represent an equity interest in the Company and carry no voting
rights. The Director will not have any rights of a shareholder with
respect to the Shares underlying the Award until the Shares have been delivered
to the Director.
7. The
Award is not transferable by the Director otherwise than by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution.
8. All
other provisions contained in the Plan as in effect on the date of this Award
Agreement are incorporated in this Award Agreement by reference. The
Board may amend the Plan at any time, provided that if such amendment shall
adversely affect the rights of a holder of an Award with respect to a previously
granted Award, the Award holder’s consent shall be required except to the extent
any such amendment is made to comply with any applicable law, stock exchange
rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and
regulations. This Award Agreement may at any time be amended by
mutual agreement of the Board (or a designee thereof) and the holder of the
Award. Prior to a Change in Control of the Company, this Award
Agreement may be amended by the Company, and upon written notice by the Company,
given by registered or certified mail, to the holder of the Award of any such
amendment of this Award Agreement or of any amendment of the Plan adopted prior
to such a Change in Control, this Award Agreement shall be deemed to incorporate
the amendment to this Award Agreement or to the Plan specified in such notice,
unless such holder shall, within 30 days of the giving of such notice by the
Company, give written notice to the Company that such amendment is not accepted
by such holder, in which case the terms of this Award Agreement shall remain
unchanged. Subject to any applicable provisions of the Company’s
bylaws or of the Plan, any applicable determinations, order, resolutions or
other actions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company
and the holder of the Award.
9. All
notices hereunder shall be in writing and (a) if to the Company, shall be
delivered personally to the Secretary of the Company or mailed to its principal
office address, 1801 Bayberry Court, P.O. Box 18100, Richmond, VA 23226-8100
USA, to the attention of the Secretary, and (b) if to the Director, shall be
delivered personally or mailed to the Director at the address set forth
below. Such addresses may be changed at any time by notice from one
party to the other.
10. This
Award Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
the successors and assigns of the Company and, to the extent provided in the
Plan, the legal representatives of the Director.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Award Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
Brink’s Company
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
Street
address, City, State & ZIP
|
|
exhibit_10-4.htm
EXHIBIT
10.4
The
Brink’s Company
Richmond,
Virginia
Directors’
Stock Accumulation Plan
as
Amended and Restated as of November 16, 2007
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
Page
|
PREAMBLE
|
1
|
ARTICLE
I DEFINITIONS
|
3
|
ARTICLE
II ADMINISTRATION
|
7
|
SECTION
1.Authorized
Shares
|
7
|
SECTION
2.Administration
|
7
|
ARTICLE
III PARTICIPATION
|
8
|
ARTICLE
IV ALLOCATIONS
|
8
|
SECTION
1.Initial
Allocation
|
8
|
SECTION
2.Additional
Allocations
|
8
|
SECTION
3.Conversion of Existing Incentive Accounts to Brink’s
Units
|
9
|
SECTION
4.Adjustments
|
9
|
SECTION
5.Dividends and
Distributions
|
9
|
ARTICLE
V DISTRIBUTIONS
|
10
|
SECTION
1.Entitlement to
Benefits
|
10
|
SECTION
2.Distribution of
Shares
|
10
|
ARTICLE
VI DESIGNATION OF
BENEFICIARY
|
12
|
ARTICLE
VII MISCELLANEOUS
|
14
|
SECTION
1.Nontransferability of
Benefits
|
14
|
SECTION
2.Limitation of Rights of Non-Employee Director
|
14
|
SECTION
3.Term, Amendment and
Termination
|
14
|
SECTION
4.Funding
|
15
|
SECTION
5.Governing
Law
|
15
|
SCHEDULE
A
|
|
The Brink’s Company
Directors' Stock Accumulation Plan
As Amended and Restated as
of November 16,
2007
PREAMBLE
The
Brink’s Company Directors' Stock Accumulation Plan, effective June 1, 1996,
is designed to more closely align the interests of non-employee directors to the
long-term interests of The Brink’s Company and its shareholders. The Plan is
intended to replace the Pittston Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors
which was terminated as of May 31, 1996, with the consent of the
participants therein, and the benefits accrued thereunder as of May 31,
1996, were transferred to the Plan.
Effective
January 14, 2000, the Plan was amended and restated to reflect the exchange
of .4848 of a share of Brink’s Common Stock for each outstanding share of
Pittston BAX Group Common Stock and .0817 of a share of Brink’s Common Stock for
each outstanding share of Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock.
Effective
May 5, 2003, the Plan was amended and restated to reflect the Company’s name
change from “The Pittston Company” to “The Brink’s Company.”
Effective
March 11, 2004, the Plan was amended and restated to increase the maximum number
of units that may be offered under the Plan, subject to the approval of the
Company’s shareholders, and to provide for a fixed term for the Plan, unless it
is extended by the Company’s shareholders.
Effective January 1, 2005, the Plan was
amended to comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the Proposed
Treasury Regulations and other guidance, including transition rules and election
procedures, issued thereunder (together, “Code Section 409A”).
Effective
November 16, 2007 the Program was further amended to clarify certain provisions
in compliance with the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section
409A. Each provision and term of the amendment should be interpreted
accordingly, but if any provision or term of such amendment would be prohibited
by or be inconsistent with Code Section 409A or would constitute a material
modification to the Plan, then such provision or term shall be deemed to be
reformed to comply with Code Section 409A or be ineffective to the extent it
results in a material modification to the Plan, without affecting the remainder
of such amendment. The amendments apply solely to amounts allocated
on and after January 1, 2005, plus any amounts allocated prior to January 1,
2005, that are not earned and vested as of such date (plus earnings on such
amounts deferred). Amounts allocated prior to January 1, 2005, that
are earned and vested as of December 31, 2004, including any earnings on such
amounts credited prior to, and on or after January 1, 2005, shall remain subject
to the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2005.
Effective July 8, 2005, the Plan was
amended to provide that all annual allocations to Non-Employee Directors shall
be equal to 50% of the annual retainer then in effect.
Effective November 16, 2007, the Plan
was amended and restated to (i) revise the vesting schedule set forth in Section
1 of Article V of the Plan and (ii) eliminate the supplemental allocations to
each Non-Employee Director’s Account in connection with any increases in the
annual retainer paid to the Non-Employee Director.
The Plan
continues to provide a portion of the overall compensation package of
participating directors in the form of deferred stock equivalent units which
will be distributed in the form of Brink’s Common Stock upon the occurrence of
certain events.
ARTICLE I
Definitions
Wherever
used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:
Account: The
account maintained by the Company for a Non-Employee Director to document the
amounts credited under the Plan and the Units into which such amounts shall be
converted. Effective January 1, 2005, the Company shall maintain a Pre-2005
Account and a Post-2004 Account for each Non-Employee Director participating in
the Plan. A Non-Employee Director’s Pre-2005 Account shall document
the amounts allocated under the Plan by the Non-Employee Director and any other
amounts credited hereunder which are earned and vested prior to January 1,
2005. A Non-Employee Director’s Post-2004 Account shall document the
amounts allocated under the Plan by the Non-Employee Director and any other
amounts credited hereunder on and after January 1, 2005, plus any amounts
allocated or credited prior to January 1, 2005, which are not earned or vested
as of December 31, 2004. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts
credited under the Plan to any Non-Employee Director who is a member of the
Board of Directors as of November 16, 2007 shall be deemed to be maintained in a
Post-2004 Account.
BAX Exchange
Ratio: The ratio whereby .4848 of a share of Brink’s
Stock was exchanged for each outstanding share of BAX Stock on the Exchange
Date.
BAX
Stock: Prior to the Exchange Date, Pittston BAX Group Common
Stock, par value $1.00 per share.
BAX
Unit: The equivalent of one share of BAX Stock credited to a
Non-Employee Director's Account.
Board of
Directors: The board of directors of the Company.
Brink’s
Stock: The Brink's Company Common Stock, par value $1.00 per
share.
Brink’s
Unit: The equivalent of one share of Brink’s Stock credited to
a Non-Employee Director's Account.
Change in
Control: A Change in Control shall mean the occurrence
of:
(a) (i)
any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the
continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which the shares of Brink’s
Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property other than a
consolidation or merger in which holders of the total voting power in the
election of directors of the Company of Brink’s Stock outstanding (exclusive of
shares held by the Company's affiliates) (the "Total Voting Power") immediately
prior to the consolidation or merger will have the same proportionate ownership
of the total voting power in the election of directors of the surviving
corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger, or (ii) any sale,
leases, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company; provided, however, that with
respect to any Units (including any dividends or distributions credited with
respect thereto) credited to a Non-Employee Director under this Plan as of
November 16, 2007, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the
approval of the shareholders of the Company (or if such approval is not
required, the approval of the Board of Directors) of any of the
transactions set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sub-paragraph
(a);
(b) any
"person" (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Act") other than the Company, its affiliates or an employee
benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company or its affiliates, shall become
the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly
or indirectly, of more than 20% of the Total Voting Power; or
(c) at
any time during a period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors shall cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election by the
Company's shareholders of each new director during such two-year period was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office
who were directors at the beginning of such two-year period.
Committee: The
Administrative Committee of the Company.
Company: The
Brink’s Company.
Disability: The
Non-Employee Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by
reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period
of not less than 12 months.
Effective
Date: June 1, 1996.
Exchange: The
exchange of Brink’s Stock for outstanding shares of BAX Stock and Minerals Stock
as of the Exchange Date.
Exchange
Date: January 14, 2000, the date as of which the Exchange
occurred.
Initial
Allocation: The amount set forth in
Schedule A.
Minerals Exchange
Ratio: The ratio whereby .0817 of a share of Brink’s Stock was
exchanged for each outstanding share of Minerals Stock on the Exchange
Date.
Minerals
Stock: Prior to the Exchange Date, Pittston Minerals Group
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share.
Minerals
Unit: The equivalent of one share of Minerals Stock credited
to a Non-Employee Director's Account.
Non-Employee
Director: Any member of the Board of Directors who is not an
employee of the Company or a Subsidiary.
Plan: The
Brink’s Company Directors' Stock Accumulation Plan as set forth herein and as
amended from time to time.
Shares: On
and after January 19, 1996, and prior to the Exchange Date, Brink’s Stock, BAX
Stock or Minerals Stock, as the case may be and on and after the Exchange Date,
Brink’s Stock.
Subsidiary: Any
corporation, whether or not incorporated in the United States of America, more
than 80% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by the Company, by
the Company and one or more subsidiaries or by one or more
subsidiaries.
Unit: On
and after January 19, 1996, and prior to the Exchange Date, a Brink’s Unit, BAX
Unit or Minerals Unit, as the case may be, and on and after the Exchange Date, a
Brink’s Unit.
Year of
Service: Each consecutive 12-month period of service as a
Non-Employee Director, commencing on the date that a Non-Employee Director
commences service on the Board of Directors, including periods prior to the
Effective Date. Years of Service prior to the Effective Date shall be
rounded to the nearest year.
ARTICLE
II
Administration
SECTION
1. Authorized
Shares. The maximum number of Units that may be credited
hereunder from and after May 7, 2004 is 109,654 Brink’s
Units. The number of Shares that may be issued or otherwise
distributed hereunder will be equal to the number of Units that may be credited
hereunder.
In the
event of any change in the number of shares of Brink’s Stock outstanding by
reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation, reorganization, combination, or exchange of shares, split-up,
split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other similar change in capitalization, any
distribution to common shareholders other than cash dividends, a corresponding
adjustment shall be made to the number of shares that may be deemed issued under
the Plan by the Committee. Such adjustment shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes of the Plan.
SECTION
2. Administration. The
Committee is authorized to construe the provisions of the Plan and to make all
determinations in connection with the administration of the Plan. All
such determinations made by the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding
on all parties, including Non-Employee Directors participating in the
Plan.
All
authority of the Committee provided for in, or pursuant to, this Plan, may also
be exercised by the Board of Directors. In the event of any conflict or
inconsistency between determinations, orders, resolutions or other actions of
the Committee and the Board of Directors taken in connection with this Plan, the
actions of the Board of Directors shall control.
ARTICLE
III
Participation
Each
Non-Employee Director on the Effective Date shall be eligible to participate in
the Plan on such date. Thereafter, each Non-Employee Director shall
be eligible to participate as of the date on which he becomes a Non-Employee
Director.
ARTICLE
IV
Allocations
SECTION
1. Initial
Allocation. As of
the Effective Date, an amount equal to the Initial Allocation was credited to
his or her Account. The amount of each Non-Employee Director's
Initial Allocation was converted into Units in the following
proportions: 50% was converted into Brink’s Units, 30% was converted
into BAX Units and 20% was converted into Minerals Units. The Units
were credited to each Non-Employee Director's Account as of June 3,
1996. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Units so
credited was determined by dividing the portion of the Initial Allocation for
each Non-Employee Director to be allocated to each class of Units by the average
of the high and low per share quoted sale prices of Brink’s Stock, BAX Stock or
Minerals Stock, as the case may be, as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on June 3, 1996.
SECTION
2. Additional
Allocations. As of each June 1, each Non-Employee
Director (including Non-Employee Directors elected to the Board of Directors
after the Effective Date) shall be entitled to an additional allocation to his
or her Account (which allocation shall be in addition to any retainer fees paid
in cash) equal to 50% of the annual retainer in effect for such Non-Employee
Director on such June 1. For each calendar year after 1999, such
additional
allocations
shall be converted on the first trading day in June into Brink’s
Units. The number (computed to the second decimal place) of Brink’s
Units so credited shall be determined by dividing the amount of the additional
allocation for each Non-Employee Director for the year by the average of the
high and low per share quoted sale prices of Brink’s Stock, as reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape on the first trading date in
June.
SECTION
3. Conversion of Existing
Incentive Accounts to Brink’s Units. As of
the Exchange Date, all BAX Units and Minerals Units in a Non-Employee Director's
Account were converted into Brink’s Units by multiplying the number of BAX Units
and Minerals Units in the Non-Employee Director's Account by the BAX Exchange
Ratio or the Minerals Exchange Ratio, respectively.
SECTION
4. Adjustments. The
Committee shall determine such equitable adjustments in the Units credited to
each Account as may be appropriate to reflect any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination, or
exchange of shares, split-up, split-off, spin-off, liquidation or other similar
change in capitalization, or any distribution to common shareholders other than
cash dividends.
SECTION
5. Dividends and
Distributions. Whenever a cash dividend or any other
distribution is paid with respect to shares of Brink’s Stock, the Account of
each Non-Employee Director will be credited with an additional number of Brink’s
Units, equal to the number of shares of Brink’s Stock including fractional
shares (computed to the second decimal place), that could have been purchased
had such dividend or other distribution been paid to the Account on the payment
date for such dividend or distribution based on the number of Shares giving rise
to the dividend or distribution represented by Units in such Account as of such
date and assuming the amount of such dividend or value of such distribution
had been used to acquire
additional
Brink’s Units. Such additional Units shall be deemed to be purchased
at the average of the high and low per share quoted sale prices of Brink’s
Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction
Tape on the payment date for the dividend or other distribution. The
value of any distribution will be determined by the Committee.
ARTICLE
V
Distributions
SECTION
1. Entitlement to
Benefits. Each Non-Employee Director who received an Initial
Allocation of Units pursuant to Section 1 of Article IV of the Plan shall be
fully vested with respect to such Units (including any dividends or
distributions credited with respect thereto pursuant to Section 5 of Article IV
of the Plan). Each Non-Employee Director who receives an allocation
of Units pursuant to Section 2 of Article IV of the Plan shall be fully vested
with respect to each such allocation of Units (including any dividends or
distributions credited with respect thereto pursuant to Section 5 of Article IV
of the Plan) on the one year anniversary of each respective allocation of Units,
or, if earlier, upon the Non-Employee Director’s termination of service or a
Change in Control.
SECTION
2. Distribution of
Shares. Effective with respect to distributions from a
Non-Employee Director’s Pre-2005 Account, each Non-Employee Director who is
entitled to a distribution of Shares pursuant to Section 1 of this
Article V shall receive a distribution in Brink’s Stock, in respect of all
Brink’s Units standing to the credit of such Non-Employee Director's Account, in
a single lump-sum distribution as soon as practicable following his or her
termination
of service as a Non-Employee Director; provided, however, that a
Non-Employee Director may elect, at least 12 months prior to his or her
termination of service, to receive
distribution
of the Shares represented by the Units credited to his or her Account in
substantially equal annual installments (not more than 10) commencing on the
first day of the month next following the date of his or her termination of
service (whether by death, disability, retirement or otherwise) or as promptly
as practicable thereafter. Such Non-Employee Director may at any time
elect to change the manner of such payment, provided that any such election is
made at least 12 months in advance of his or her termination of service as a
Non-Employee Director.
Effective with respect to distributions
from a Non-Employee Director’s Post-2004 Account, each Non-Employee Director
shall receive a distribution of such Account in Brink’s Stock in respect of all
Brink’s Units standing to the credit of such Non-Employee Director’s Account in
a single-lump sum distribution within 75 days following his or her termination
of service as a Non-Employee Director. A Non-Employee Director may
elect, at least 12 months prior to his or her termination of service, to receive
a distribution of the Shares represented by the Units credited to his or her
Account in equal annual installments (not more than ten) commencing not earlier
than the last day of the month next following the fifth anniversary of the date
of his or her termination of service (whether by death, Disability, retirement
or otherwise) or as promptly as practicable thereafter.
The
number of shares of Brink’s Stock to be included in each installment payment
shall be determined by multiplying the number of Brink’s Units in the
Non-Employee Director's Account (including any dividends or distributions
credited to such Account pursuant to Section 5 of Article IV of the
Plan whether before or after the initial installment payment date) as of the
lst
day of
the month preceding the initial installment payment and as of each succeeding
anniversary of such date by a fraction, the numerator or which is one and the
denominator of which is the number of remaining installments (including the
current installment).
Any
fractional Units shall be converted to cash based on the average of the high and
low per share quoted sale prices of the Brink’s Stock as reported on the New
York Stock Exchange Composite Transaction Tape, on the last trading day of the
month preceding the month of distribution and shall be paid in
cash.
ARTICLE
VI
Designation of
Beneficiary
A
Non-Employee Director may designate in a written election filed with the
Committee a beneficiary or beneficiaries (which may be an entity other than a
natural person) to receive all distributions and payments under the Plan after
the Non-Employee Director's death. Any such designation may be
revoked, and a new election may be made, at any time and from time to time, by
the Non-Employee Director without the consent of any beneficiary. If
the Non-Employee Director designates more than one beneficiary, any
distributions and payments to such beneficiaries shall be made in equal
percentages unless the Non-Employee Director has designated otherwise, in which
case the distributions and payments shall be made in the percentages designated
by the Non-Employee Director within 75 days following the date of
death. If no beneficiary has been named by the Non-Employee Director
or no beneficiary survives the Non-Employee Director, the remaining Shares
(including fractional Shares) in the Non-Employee Director's Account shall be
distributed or paid in a single sum to the Non-Employee Director's estate within
75 days following the date of death. In the event of a beneficiary's
death, the remaining installments will be paid to a contingent beneficiary, if
any, designated by the Non-Employee Director or, in the absence of a surviving
contingent beneficiary, the remaining Shares (including fractional Shares) shall
be distributed or paid to the
primary
beneficiary's estate in a single distribution within 75 days following the date
of the primary beneficiary’s death. All distributions shall be made
in Shares except that fractional shares shall be paid in cash.
ARTICLE
VII
Miscellaneous
SECTION
1. Nontransferability of
Benefits. Except as provided in Article VI, Units
credited to an Account shall not be transferable by a Non-Employee Director or
former Non-Employee Director (or his or her beneficiaries) other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations
order. No Non-Employee Director, no person claiming through a
Non-Employee Director, nor any other person shall have any right or interest
under the Plan, or in its continuance, in the payment of any amount or
distribution of any Shares under the Plan, unless and until all the provisions
of the Plan, any determination made by the Committee thereunder, and any
restrictions and limitations on the payment itself have been fully complied
with. Except as provided in this Section 1, no rights under the
Plan, contingent or otherwise, shall be transferable, assignable or subject to
any pledge or encumbrance of any nature, nor shall the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries be obligated, except as otherwise required by law, to recognize or
give effect to any such transfer, assignment, pledge or
encumbrance.
SECTION
2. Limitation on Rights of
Non-Employee Director. Nothing in this Plan shall confer upon
any Non-Employee Director the right to be nominated for reelection to the Board
of Directors. The right of a Non-Employee Director to receive any
Shares shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of
the Company.
SECTION
3. Term,
Amendment and Termination.
(a) The
Plan shall terminate on May 15, 2014, unless the Company’s shareholders approve
its extension.
(b) The
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors may from
time to time amend any of the provisions of the Plan, or may at any time
terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the
allocation formulas included in Article IV may not be amended more than
once in any six-month period. No amendment or termination shall
adversely affect any Units (or distributions in respect thereof) which shall
theretofore have been credited to any Non-Employee Director's Account without
the prior written consent of the Non-Employee Director.
SECTION
4. Funding. The
Plan shall be unfunded. Shares shall be acquired (a) from the
trustee under the Employee Benefits Trust Agreement made December 7, 1992,
as amended from time to time, (b) by purchases on the New York Stock
Exchange or (c) in such other manner, including acquisition of Brink’s
Stock, otherwise than on said Exchange, at such prices, in such amounts and at
such times as the Company in its sole discretion may determine.
SECTION
5. Governing
Law. The Plan and all provisions thereof shall be construed
and administered according to the laws of the Commonwealth of
Virginia.
Schedule
A
The Initial Allocation for each
Non-Employee Director shall be the amount set forth in a report prepared by
Foster Higgins dated February 7, 1996.
exhibit_31-1.htm
EXHIBIT
31.1
I,
Michael T. Dan, certify that:
1. I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2008 of The Brink’s Company;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
(a) Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date: August
1, 2008
|
/s/ Michael T.
Dan
|
|
|
Michael
T. Dan
|
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
exhibit_31-2.htm
EXHIBIT
31.2
I,
Michael J. Cazer, certify that:
1. I
have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2008 of The Brink’s Company;
2. Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
(a) Designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting.
Date: August
1, 2008
|
/s/ Michael J.
Cazer
|
|
|
Michael
J. Cazer
|
|
|
Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
(Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
exhibit_32-1.htm
EXHIBIT
32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18
U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q of The Brink’s Company (the “Company”) for the period ending June
30, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the “Report”), I, Michael T. Dan, Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) the
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) the
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Michael T.
Dan
Michael
T. Dan
Chief
Executive Officer
(Principal
Executive Officer)
August 1,
2008
A signed
original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document
authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears
in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required
by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the
Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff
upon request.
exhibit_32-2.htm
EXHIBIT
32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18
U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q of The Brink’s Company (the “Company”) for the period ending June
30, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the “Report”), I, Michael J. Cazer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) the
Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) the
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Michael J.
Cazer
Michael
J. Cazer
Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal
Financial Officer)
August 1,
2008
A signed
original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document
authenticating, acknowledging or otherwise adopting the signature that appears
in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required
by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the
Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff
upon request.